10-K 1 plcm-10k_20131231.htm 10-K

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

OR

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 000-27978

 

POLYCOM, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

94-3128324

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

6001 America Center Drive, San Jose, California

 

95002

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(408) 586-6000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered 

Common Stock, par value $0.0005 per share

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  o    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

x

Accelerated filer

¨

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 in Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No   x

As of June 28, 2013, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing sale price of such shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 28, 2013, was approximately $1,784,834,094. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may under certain circumstances be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officer or affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

136,885,307 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were outstanding as of February 13, 2014.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE.

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Such Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

PART I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

   

4

 

General

 

4

 

Products and Services

 

5

 

Sales and Distribution

 

11

 

Acquisitions

 

11

 

Competition

 

12

 

Research and Product Development

 

13

 

Customer Service and Support

 

14

 

Manufacturing

 

15

 

Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights

 

15

 

Employees

 

15

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

16

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

31

Item 2.

Properties

 

31

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

31

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

32

 

PART II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

33

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

35

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

36

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

56

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

57

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

57

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

58

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

58

 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

59

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

60

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

60

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

60

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

60

 

PART IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

61

 

 

Signatures

 

62

 

 

 

2


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements under the sections entitled “Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in the documents incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, constitute forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “believe,” “could,” “anticipate,” “would,” “might,” “plan,” “expect,” “will,” “intend,” “potential,” “objective,” “strategy,” “goal,” “should,” “vision,” “designed,” and similar expressions or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and situations, including those disclosed in “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, that may cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity or performance expressed or implied by these statements.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason.

 

 

 

3


PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

We are a global leader in open, standards-based unified communications and collaboration (UC&C) solutions for voice, video and content collaboration solutions. Our solutions are powered by the Polycom® RealPresence® Platform, comprehensive software infrastructure and rich application programming interfaces (“APIs”) that interoperate with a broad set of communication, business, mobile, and cloud applications and devices to deliver secure face-to-face video collaboration across different environments. With Polycom® RealPresence® collaboration solutions, from infrastructure to endpoints for all environments, people all over the world can collaborate face-to-face without being in the same physical location. Individuals and teams can connect, communicate, and collaborate through a high-definition (“HD”) visual and special audio experience from their desktops, meeting rooms, classrooms, home offices, mobile devices, web browsers, and specialized solutions such as video carts for healthcare applications. By removing the barriers of distance and time, connecting experts to where they are needed most, and creating greater trust and understanding through visual collaboration, Polycom enables teams to make better decisions faster and to increase their productivity while saving time and money and being environmentally responsible.

Our vision is to unleash the power of human collaboration. More than 400,000 companies and institutions worldwide defy distance with secure video, voice and content solutions from Polycom to build more productive teams, speed time to market, improve communication with customers and partners, provide better customer service, expand education and save lives.  Polycom and its global partner ecosystem provide flexible collaboration solutions for any environment that we believe delivers the best user experience, the broadest multi-vendor interoperability and unmatched investment protection.  To achieve this vision, our strategy is to make collaboration simple to use and available to everyone through open, standards-based technology delivered through private and public clouds that connect people securely across any network, protocol, application, or device they want to use. Historically, our focus has been premises-based hardware solutions for the enterprise and public sector, targeted at vertical markets including finance, manufacturing, government, education and healthcare, and we believe this continues to be a growth opportunity for us as more and more organizations are recognizing the mission-critical business benefits of collaboration. In addition, in response to emerging market trends and the network effect driven by business-to-business adoption of UC&C solutions, we continue to expand our focus to newly emerging markets such as mobile collaboration, browser-based business-to-business (“B2B”) and business-to-consumer (“B2C”) connectivity, and enabling software and cloud-based delivery for enterprise customers, small and medium businesses (“SMBs”), and service and solutions providers offering video collaboration-as-a-service.

We sell our solutions globally through a high-touch sales model that leverages our broad network of channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, system integrators, leading communications services providers, and retailers. We manufacture our products through an outsourced model optimized for quality, reliability and fulfillment agility.

We believe important drivers for the adoption of UC collaboration solutions include:

·

growth of video as a preferred method of communication,

·

increasing presence of video on desktop and laptop devices,

·

growth of video-capable mobile devices (including tablets and smartphones),

·

expansion of business applications with integrated web-based video and content collaboration,

·

virtualization and the move to private, public, and hybrid clouds,

·

adoption of UC&C by SMBs,

·

growth of the number of teleworkers globally,

·

new pricing models and options for video delivery, including subscription-based software pricing and as-a-service offerings,

·

emergence of Bring Your Own Device (“BYOD”) programs in businesses of all sizes, across all regions,

·

demand for UC&C solutions for B2B and B2C communications and the move of consumer applications (“Bring Your Own Apps”) into the business space, and

·

continued commitment by organizations and individuals to reduce their carbon footprint and expenses by choosing voice, video and content collaboration over travel.

4


We believe we are uniquely positioned as the UC&C ecosystem partner of choice through our strategic partnerships, support of open standards, innovative technology, multiple delivery modes, and customer-centric go-to-market capabilities.

Available Information

We were incorporated in December 1990 in Delaware. Our headquarters are located at 6001 America Center Drive, San Jose, California, 95002. Our telephone number at this location is (408) 586-6000 and our web address is www.polycom.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to such reports are available free of charge on our website under “Company > Investor Relations > SEC Filings,” as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed electronically with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Information on the website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy, and information statements and other information regarding Polycom and our business that we file electronically with the SEC. The public may also read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC, 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Polycom and the Polycom logo are registered trademarks of Polycom, Inc. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also includes other trade names, trademarks, and service marks of ours and of other companies.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Our video, voice and content-management and content-sharing solutions range from immersive telepresence and conference room systems, to home/work office solutions, to applications for mobile devices, to browser-based video collaboration, to cloud-delivered services, to industry-specific solutions, such as specialized healthcare video carts, and includes the infrastructure platform that powers these solutions and the services to support them, spanning evaluation to deployment and adoption to ongoing operations.

Our products and solutions are categorized as follows:

UC Group Systems, which includes immersive telepresence, group video and group voice systems. Inclusive of the related services components, UC Group Systems revenues comprised 66% of our total revenues in 2013 and 69% of our total revenues in both 2012 and 2011.

UC Platform, which includes universal collaboration servers, virtualization management (distributed media optimization), resource management, recording and streaming, open API’s and remote access technologies that constitute the RealPresence Platform. Inclusive of the related services components, UC Platform revenues comprised 18% of our total revenues in each of the years 2013, 2012 and 2011.

UC Personal Devices, which includes desktop video devices and desktop voice products. Inclusive of the related services components, UC Personal Devices revenues comprised 16% of our total revenues in 2013 and 13% of our total revenues in both 2012 and 2011.

UC Group Systems

Our UC group systems offer customers a unified, end-to-end communication capability that enables geographically dispersed individuals to communicate as naturally as if they were in the same room.

The Polycom Immersive Studio for immersive collaboration, the Polycom® RealPresence® Experience (RPX™) room environment, Polycom® HaloTM, Polycom® Open Telepresence Experience® (OTX®) suite, Polycom® Architected Telepresence Experience™ (ATX) solution, Polycom® RealPresence® Group Series solution, and Polycom® HDX® personal and room-based video solutions comprise a portfolio of high-performance, cost-effective, and easy-to-use room and immersive telepresence video conferencing systems. Customers have multiple options to incorporate HD data sharing and collaboration into a video conference. The Polycom® People+Content™ family of peripherals allows users of RealPresence Group Series, HDX, RealPresence Desktop, and RealPresence Mobile products to more easily incorporate content, documents, and audiovisual effects into their video conferencing sessions. The user experience for any Polycom customer is enhanced when users choose to deploy intelligent accessories, including the Polycom® EagleEye™ Director camera, which changes the face of group video communications by enabling close-up views of every speaker in a video conference, regardless of their location or the number of people in the room, with automated and directed camera pan, tilt and zoom; the Polycom® UC BoardTM and ActiveTouch which seamlessly integrates white boarding into any video collaboration meeting; and Polycom® Touch Control, which eliminates the need for a remote control with a graphical touch interface that simplifies content capture and sharing.

We offer a range of UC group devices specifically optimized for the Microsoft Lync environment. The Polycom® CX8000 solution is a videoconferencing room system for Microsoft Lync that includes presence, contact search, instant messaging, HD video

5


conferencing, HD audio, virtual white boarding, touch display-powered presentations, application sharing, editing on shared documents, and more. Tight integration with Microsoft Outlook helps users, both in the meeting room and remote participants, start and manage meetings more efficiently. The CX8000 room system for Microsoft Lync includes several features that help users take advantage of Microsoft Lync 2013 such as built-in multiparty video and a better overall audio and video experience that leverages the open standards-based scalable video coding (SVC) implementation. The Polycom® CX3000 IP conference phone is optimized for Microsoft Lync and features embedded Microsoft Lync software, delivering a familiar user interface and functionality for conference call participants. The Polycom® CX5100 system is the industry’s only 360-degree, panoramic 1080p HD video collaboration camera and phone combination that delivers a center-of-the-table experience and Polycom HD Voice technology. The CX5100 system can be used in conjunction with the CX8000 solution, as well as with computers through a USB connection. We now offer 40 solutions that natively integrate with Microsoft Lync, so Microsoft users can click a name on a Lync contact list and instantly begin collaborating face-to-face via RealPresence video. The RealPresence Platform enables customers with Microsoft Lync clients, Polycom-certified Lync products, and/or Polycom endpoints to all connect together in multi-point calls.

Polycom packaged solutions include RealPresence Group Series codecs and provide full video collaboration benefits in simple, turn-key offerings that can be leveraged for both horizontal and vertical use cases, including Healthcare (Practitioner Cart), Education (EduCart 500), Judicial (VideoProtect 500), and Manufacturing (Utility Cart).

Complementing our video offerings, we provide conference phones that either integrate with our video solutions or that can be used independently to conduct high-quality, effective voice conference calls. Our conference phone offerings include Polycom® VoiceStation® conference phones for smaller rooms, Polycom® SoundStation® conference phones for midsize rooms, and Polycom® SoundStation® IP conference phones for conference room solutions using Voice-over IP (“VoIP”) telephony networks. Polycom® SoundStation® Duo is an analog/IP hybrid conference phone for mid-size conference rooms for companies of all sizes that we believe is ideal for organizations planning the transition to IP and looking to invest today in a future-ready solution.  Because our VoIP conference phones are standards based and are based on the SIP protocol, they are interoperable across most UC environments, including Microsoft, Cisco, BroadSoft, Genband, Avaya and Unify.

UC Platform

The RealPresence Platform is our comprehensive software infrastructure offering for universal video collaboration, powering Polycom’s HD video solutions. Using the RealPresence Platform, organizations bring people face-to-face from anywhere and create seamless UC environments and collaboration experiences that incorporate HD video and voice collaboration, instant messaging, calendaring, e-mailing, and content sharing. In addition, the open standards-based RealPresence Platform helps ensure the interoperability of hundreds of business applications and helps protect customer investments through compatibility with existing and future systems. The RealPresence Platform is sold as hardware appliances, perpetual license software appliances (Polycom RealPresence Virtual Editions), and subscription-based software for virtual machines (Polycom RealPresence One). The Polycom components that make up the RealPresence Platform include:

Polycom® RealPresence® Collaboration Server (RMX family and RealPresence Collaboration Server, Virtual Edition) The RealPresence Collaboration Server provides universal video collaboration, or bridging. Universal video collaboration enables multipoint video, voice, and content collaboration regardless of network, protocol, or device. The RealPresence Collaboration Servers can be sized to fit the needs of small, medium, or large organizations, supporting the collaboration needs of all customers.

Polycom® RealPresence® Resource Manager and RealPresence Resource Manager, Virtual Edition. The RealPresence Resource Manager system centrally provisions, monitors, and manages the entire video collaboration network. Through dynamic provisioning, the RealPresence Resource Manager system automatically configures and maintains thousands of video clients at pre-determined software baselines. This eliminates having a variety of software releases in the field, fixing end-user configuration mismatches, uncertainty about the quality of video being provided, and other typical management issues. Built-in reports, application dashboards, and drill-down tabs ensure that users can instantly access troubleshooting and operational metrics that are readily available.

Polycom® RealPresence® Virtualization Manager (DMA and RealPresence Virtualization Manager, Virtual Edition). The RealPresence Virtualization Manager system is a network-based virtualization application for managing and distributing calls across collaboration networks. With no single point of failure, the RealPresence Virtualization Manager provides reliability and super-cluster configurations for mission-critical communications. It also provides a single unified dialing plan for video and voice applications across multiple vendors. Virtualization management brings massive scale, redundancy, and resiliency to the video network. Supporting up to 25,000 concurrent calls and 75,000 devices, the RealPresence Virtualization Manager system provides advanced routing algorithms to maximize resource utilization and dynamically distribute calls based on priority, bandwidth, and class of service.

6


Polycom® RealPresence® Access DirectorTM and RealPresence Access Director, Virtual Edition. The RealPresence Access Director solution makes it easier for users, inside or outside a company’s firewall, to video conference safely with anyone in the organization, whether they are in a secure environment at the office or an unsecure environment at home or in a hotel, bringing highly scalable conferencing to applications such as B2B, B2C, and intra-company collaboration, whether using H.323 or session initiated protocol (“SIP”) devices.

Polycom Video Content Management Solutions. Polycom video content management solutions provide secure video capture, management, administration, and delivery. Solutions include the Polycom® RealPresence® Media Manager, the Polycom® RSSTM 4000 recording and streaming server, the Polycom® RealPresence® Capture Server, the Polycom® RealPresence® Capture Station Pro, the Polycom® RealPresence® Capture Station Portable Pro, and the Polycom® RealPresence® Broadcast Producer.

Polycom® RealPresence® Content Sharing Suite. Integrates with the RealPresence Platform (Distributed Media Application, Collaboration Server, and Access Director), to enable scalable HD video collaboration that includes content sharing between Microsoft Lync desktop, as well as standards-based video systems.

Polycom® RealPresence® One.  A comprehensive offering including all RealPresence Platform software and support services for voice, video and content collaboration, sold by subscription for virtual deployments.  RealPresence One also includes our software solutions for personal video collaboration, including RealPresence Mobile, RealPresence Desktop, and RealPresence CloudAXIS Suite.

UC Personal Devices

Our UC personal devices extend clear, HD voice, video, and content to desktops, home offices, mobile users, and branch sites—virtually anywhere.

Organizations use our personal video solutions in an expanding range of use cases. The Polycom HDX 4000 series delivers a premier personal video collaboration experience, with HD video, voice, and content-sharing housed in a compact and stylish design. The RealPresence Desktop solution brings simple, effective, standards-based desktop conferencing to any PC and can be purchased as individual licenses. In addition, as part of our UC platform product line, the Polycom RealPresence Desktop client is a standards-based desktop video conferencing solution, supporting both PCs and Macs, that is centrally deployed via the RealPresence Resource Manager.

The Polycom® VVX® business media phones combine advanced telephony, one-touch video, and integrated business applications into a life-like experience for the desktop. This portfolio of devices includes the VVX1500 executive phone, the VVX600 premium phone for managers and administration staff, the VVX500 performance phone for knowledge professionals, the VVX410/400 mid-range, the VVX 310/300 entry-level, VVX Expansion Modules for administrators, and the VVX USB Camera accessory to instantly turn the VVX 500/600 into a video phone. These UC devices are equipped with all of the capabilities of a full-featured Polycom® SoundPoint® IP conference phone, including multiple lines, Polycom® HD Voice™ technology, and a host of rich telephony functions. The VVX business media phones also feature Microsoft Outlook and Calendar integration, web-based provisioning, USB expansion ports and an open application development environment to allow third-party development of interoperable applications.

The SoundPoint series of standards-based SIP desktop devices provides superior audio quality and rich features to address the desktop communications requirements of businesses. The complete SoundPoint product line is based on a common software architecture to ensure compatibility for all devices with our VoIP solution partners. The VoIP ecosystem includes call management suppliers for on-premises call servers and soft-switches for network-based call server platforms. Through our VoIP Interoperability Partner (“VIP”) program, we have established relationships with approximately 42 technology partners for VoIP call managers to collaborate in the development, marketing, and distribution of Polycom’s VoIP products.

In partnership with Microsoft, we jointly developed a family of devices optimized for use with Microsoft Lync. These natively integrated UC devices deliver rich presence, HD voice, and plug-and-play functionality, and in conjunction with the Lync solution, provide an attractive value proposition for private branch exchange (“PBX”) replacement. Further, a wide range of USB and IP devices deliver a Microsoft UC experience and are easy to deploy, use, and manage. Our standards-based SIP voice solutions are also now interoperable with Microsoft Lync, we believe providing greater choice and flexibility to customers as they update or transition their call management solutions.

Mobile UC Solutions

We also provide enterprise-grade video collaboration and content sharing on a wide variety of mobile devices. RealPresence Mobile, a free-to-download software solution, extends our HD video collaboration technology, built on the RealPresence Platform, beyond the office and conference room to more than 15 Apple OS X and Android powered smartphones and tablets. Polycom supports

7


key collaboration features on mobile devices such as content sharing, far-end camera control, and Polycom® SmartPairing™ technology, which lets users control video meetings with their tablets and transfer a live video call from tablet to big screen with the swipe of a finger. We believe our support for the BYOD trend is driving a network effect for users and businesses by enabling mobile devices to connect with each other, as well as with other standards-based video systems and applications. Throughout 2014, we expect our UC mobility solutions to be deployed on an even broader range of networks and devices to further expand the options for anywhere/anytime video collaboration.

Cloud-Based UC Solutions We are focused on enabling our partners to offer cloud-based UC solutions through a range of hosting and delivery options that give customers the ultimate in flexibility and choice in video delivery.

1.Private Clouds, On-premises. Organizations with their own IT staff and large computing resources may opt to purchase the RealPresence Platform and deploy it in their datacenters in a “private cloud” model. Private clouds are ideal for making mission-critical applications always available to a wide audience, while more efficiently managing the resources necessary to deliver them. These private cloud customers have complete control and management over the provisioning and delivery of video collaboration across all their environments.

2.Private Clouds, Off-premises. Organizations without their own IT staff or datacenters can turn to partners and service providers to deliver video collaboration-as-a-service. Our strategy is to enable partners and service providers to meet the needs of these customers with a managed service offering that includes dedicated RealPresence infrastructure, as well as qualified people to manage the service for that customer when required. Even large enterprise customers may tap service providers’ clouds when their video collaboration needs exceed their capacity.

3.Public Clouds, Off-premises. Our strategy for public clouds is to partner with qualified service providers and channel partners to deliver video collaboration-as-a-service offerings to enterprises and SMBs. Public clouds are constructed of shared, partitioned resources and offer services to multiple entities using the same infrastructure. They may be owned, managed, and operated by a third-party such as a partner, service provider, or distributor. In this case, the RealPresence Platform is deployed within a partner’s network and delivered as a service. The RealPresence Platform provides the carrier-grade video infrastructure required for cloud-delivered services that can scale to a multitude of businesses with security, reliability, and manageability. The RealPresence Platform also keeps operating costs low for service providers by interoperating with existing systems via native integrations and open standards, leveraging voice and video call management platforms, and creating opportunities for hybrid UC environments. With features such as multi-tenancy support and a rich suite of open APIs that enable service providers to get to market faster with custom and plug-in applications, we believe we are further driving down the cost and complexity of building and managing a public or private video cloud. Polycom APIs and software development kits help service providers speed the delivery of new services by simplifying the task of integrating the RealPresence Platform with their operations and billing support systems, as well as third-party management systems for scheduling, billing, and rating; video collaboration provisioning; resource reporting in-conference control; and system management. Polycom also offers a wholesale video collaboration service in North America, which include network, infrastructure, services, and software to enable our partners to offer retail Video-as-a-Service offerings to their customers. Subscribers gain the benefits of purchasing video collaboration on an as-needed basis and avoid upfront capital expenditures. We believe video collaboration delivered from a public cloud is an attractive option because it speeds overall time to deployment and it reduces cost of delivery for small to medium sized companies who either do not have the upfront budgets to invest or the IT resources to maintain the infrastructure.

Browser-based Collaboration

Polycom® RealPresence® CloudAXISSuite is a solution designed to enable businesses to collaborate with other businesses—or individuals—easily and securely, independent of application, system, or device. The CloudAXIS Suite extends secure Polycom video collaboration to anyone with a browser and camera on their smartphone, tablet, or PC. As a software extension for the RealPresence Platform, the CloudAXIS Suite integrates contacts from applications like Facebook and Google Talk into one easy-to-access global presence directory. With simple click-to-connect convenience, you can have secure enterprise-grade video conferences, including content collaboration, with mobile, desktop, room and immersive telepresence participants, inside or outside the firewall by sending a URL link in an instant message (IM), email or calendar invitation.

Standards and Interoperability

We develop open standards-based products that are interoperable in multi-vendor environments. Standards-based means built upon publicly available and broadly accepted industry standards, and open means non-proprietary software designed for equal accessibility by partners and third-party developers, including our competitors. We promote the development and deployment of open standards because we believe this is the most effective way to establish broad interoperability in a complex multi-vendor ecosystem of unified communications. This approach not only drives a “network effect” of connectivity, but also provides our customers with the flexibility to choose best-of-breed solutions with the assurance that the solutions will work together.

8


We actively participate in several standards development organizations (including the IEEE, IETF, and the ITU-T) in order to develop new open standards for the industry (such as standards for HD video, content sharing, and HD audio). We also have joined with both partners and competitors in many industry forums and consortiums that focus on interoperability, including the International Multimedia Teleconferencing Consortium, Open Visual Communications ConsortiumTM (OVCCTM), SIP Forum, and Unified Communications Interoperability Forum (“UCIF”). We are founding members or board members of several of these organizations and are active in leading the development of standards and protocols intended to drive interoperability for the greater good of the industry and our customers.

As a part of this work, our UC innovation development team has developed or is developing underlying standards-based technologies to power our portfolio of UC solutions, including:

Session Initiation Protocol (“SIP”)

We have played an active role in standards bodies and the SIP Forum to develop and implement SIP across our UC solutions. We believe our implementation of SIP is robust, secure, and feature-rich.  We have added many new SIP-capable UC devices across our voice and video offerings that extend into mobile, home/work office and conference room environments, including a highly scalable, cost-effective firewall traversal solution that enables B2B and B2C traffic for both SIP and H.323 technologies.

Scalable Video Coding

Scalable Video Coding (“SVC”) is a standard designed to deliver a high-quality, low-latency video collaboration experience at any bandwidth and over networks prone to packet loss and congestion. SVC is an extension to H.264 Advanced Video Coding (“AVC”), an efficient and high-performance standard that is used by most of today’s video conferencing devices.  We have extended our RealPresence video solutions with the additional functionality of open, standards-based SVC. Our SVC solution delivers a forward/backward-compatible (“SVC/AVC”) solution, providing investment protection, easy customer-paced transition to SVC, and superior economics for our customers.  We have delivered SVC solutions across the RealPresence Platform, including the RMX solution, the new RealPresence Collaboration Server, Virtual Edition, and the RealPresence Access Director. We have also delivered industry-unique SVC/AVC solutions across mobile, home/work office, and conference room environments with RealPresence Mobile, RealPresence Desktop, and the Group Series systems – all of which can simultaneously support interoperability with standard-based AVC systems and a growing number of SVC solutions. We also offer an open, standards-based SVC codec on a royalty-free basis to enable interoperability.

Microsoft, another founding member of the UCIF, was an early adopter of this open standards-based SVC technology. We believe the licensing of H.264 SVC provides a foundation that will allow the industry to deliver the type of seamless interoperability for which our joint customers are asking.

Security

We believe that security is of the utmost importance and we are committed to bringing a secure means of real-time collaborative communications both inside and outside enterprise firewalls to customers worldwide. Security has become increasingly important with the emergence of BYOD programs, the need to securely integrate a variety of mobile video devices into the enterprise, and the growing imperative to extend video collaboration to B2B and B2C relationships. The Polycom RealPresence Access Director implements secure communication technologies, validates standards and interoperability, and provides a secure firewall traversal solution for voice, video, and web content between locations and organizations that is highly scalable and affordable for H.323, SIP, and HTTP.

High Profile Video

Standards-based high profile video enables a dramatic reduction in the network resources necessary to deliver video collaboration across organizations. It allows lower-cost, standards-based visual communication with lower bandwidth, thus limiting or avoiding costly network upgrades—all while remaining standards-based. Video deployments can be extended to more sites, with more cost efficiency and greater quality – including the growing demand for home-based workers or satellite offices which often operate with limited bandwidth. With the H.264 High Profile implementation for real-time video, customers can immediately begin saving up to 50 percent on bandwidth costs on operational expenses alone with additional potential capital expense savings by avoiding the network expansion for video that otherwise would be required.

The shift to high profile video delivers gains in performance across the full bandwidth spectrum. As a result, HD systems benefit the most from high profile video, which we believe enables accelerated adoption of HD communication across organizations. Branch offices, remote sites, rural locations, and developing regions can now enjoy the benefits of HD quality – even when these sites might be sharing a smaller T1 line for both data and multi-media.

9


Services

We offer a full range of support, professional, hosted and managed services solutions to customers on a global basis. These services are offered through Polycom Global Services, Polycom Cloud and Managed Solutions and through our worldwide channel partner network. Services revenues comprised 28% of our total revenues in 2013 as compared to 25% in 2012 and 19% in 2011.

For the ongoing support of end-user customers, we provide maintenance services that include telephone support, software upgrades and updates, parts exchange, on-site assistance, and direct access to support engineers for real-time troubleshooting. These support services comprise the majority of our services revenue and are driven by both maintenance agreements on new product sales, as well as the renewal of existing maintenance agreements. Enhanced Support services are also available that provide faster response times in over 20 cities worldwide for more mission-critical RealPresence Platform deployments. Solution-focused support is available through Advantage support and our proactive high touch Elite Services. We also offer installation and implementation services and a broad range of training to ensure effective usage and operation of products with training facilities worldwide.

We believe that service and support are critical components of customer satisfaction and create a platform for expanded and long-term customer relationships. To help partners and customers get answers to questions and resolve issues faster, we improved the interface to the support.polycom.com website, our online support portal for customers that includes the ability to open, track, and update service requests online 24x7, request and track Return Material Authorizations, query bulk contract entitlement status, and view contract and warranty status. The portal also offers a proactive support notification to which customers and partners may subscribe. We also introduced ASK Polycom, a community based information sharing platform that is growing in both content and usefulness. Over the past year, we aggressively managed the inventory of our spare parts depots across warehouses worldwide to provide better service to customers across the globe. Support services are flexible and available for every Polycom solution deployed in IP, legacy, or mixed-network environments.

We offer a variety of professional services solutions including assessments, implementation services, network consulting services, usage and adoption services, analytics services, optimization services, development consulting services for APIs, and advanced project management services. As our customers increasingly seek to leverage our knowledge and experience to ensure their successful deployments, Polycom has responded by enhancing our Adoption Consulting service and related tools, and extending the availability of the analytics and benchmarking reports to a wider audience.  Our strategy is to deliver services, together with our partners, that enhance the scalability, reliability and security of a video collaboration solution, tightly and efficiently integrating in a complex multi-vendor UC&C environment.

The Polycom University continues to build proficiency in collaboration technology for partner and customer users with communications and network experts who deliver a broad range of programs and courses. Content is delivered in a classroom setting with a remote instructor or through self-paced programs and can be customized to meet the unique needs of the customer or partner.

RealPresence Service Specialization is an enhanced certification program which certifies our service and support channel partners by verifying their performance in providing customers with 24x7 support, fast response times, call center systems and support, and training in our solutions and IP networking.  Partners with the RealPresence Services Specialization achieve and maintain a sustainable service business in a changing environment where customers increasingly require focused technical expertise. We jointly offer maintenance and diagnostic services and support with our RealPresence Service Specialized partners. In addition to the specialization which enables partners to provide post-sales support for the RealPresence Platform, Polycom has formal programs which enable partners to provide implementation services for the RealPresence Platform, post-sales support of our RealPresence Immersive solutions and a program to help partners achieve and maintain a sustainable service business inclusive of integrated business processes and applications that leverage Polycom RealPresence standards-based solutions in Microsoft environments.  In the past year, Polycom has added training and enablement focus on virtualized server environments to help our partners as we extend our solutions into the software space.  Our Services Specializations are integrated into our global, award-winning Choice Partner Program and enable Polycom end-user customers to identify specialized service providers that meet a high level of service readiness, competency and capacity for maintaining Polycom RealPresence solutions.

Polycom also provides a variety of managed and cloud video collaboration solutions. Polycom offers two models of managed services that are supported by our Cloud and Managed Solutions (CMS) organization - hosted and on-premise. Hosted services offer high availability, multipoint conferencing for immersive room systems and group conferencing systems, using our infrastructure resources and dedicated network capacity. On-premise services provide remotely managed multipoint video conferencing for a customer’s onsite infrastructure, immersive room and conference room systems, supported by our remote technical support experts. Our managed services also provide customers with operations management for their Polycom RPX and Polycom OTX telepresence suites. In late 2013, Polycom introduced RealPresence Cloud Video Meeting Services, a wholesale, cloud-based, white-label Video-as-a-Service (VaaS) solution to select partners in North America.  This solution, operated by Polycom and branded and sold by partners, gives qualified partners a simple and easy way to enter the cloud based, Video-as-a-Service market.

10


SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

We market and sell our products through a global network of strategic, service provider, and channel partners, including Anixter, AT&T, BT, Digital China Holdings Limited, Dimension Data Holdings plc, Imago Group plc, Nanjing Southern Telecom Co., NETXUSA, ScanSource Communications, Westcon, and many others. We also sell with several strategic partners including Microsoft, BroadSoft and IBM and a large ecosystem of technology partners. Many of these partners sell a variety of communication products and/or services that, when combined with our products, offer a complete solution.

We have a high-touch and customer-centric sales strategy that is focused on building and maintaining close working relationships with enterprise and public sector customers directly and through partners. We believe this high-touch approach to sales and marketing is best suited for our UC Platform, UC Group Systems, and certain UC Personal Devices. Even with this high-touch sales approach, our product orders are almost always fulfilled through a channel or strategic partner. With collaborative communications becoming a priority application and with the scale of our business increasing, we intend to continue to invest in our sales force and our channel partners to more fully capture the opportunity for customer adoption.

Our channel partners are required to be trained and certified for many of our products, which we believe yields a higher level of end-user customer satisfaction. Channel partners that stock product maintain a limited amount of inventory and, for some channel partners and with respect to our UC platform products, we ship directly to their end-user customers. Working with existing and new channel partners, we plan to continue to focus on the enterprise, government, education, healthcare, and manufacturing vertical markets. To complement our sales efforts, we advertise in online media and trade and general business print media and participate in a wide array of trade shows, global events, and public relations activities. In addition, since the value of our solution is best realized through demonstration, we will continue to invest in executive briefing centers, demonstration centers, and the deployment of evaluation systems to end-user customers.

We focus our sales efforts in regions of the world where customers are investing significantly in collaborative communications solutions. Based on the global nature of this customer demand, our sales and service staff and our channel footprint exist in all major global regions. We conduct and manage our business in four geographic theatres: (1) North America, which consists of the United States and Canada; (2) Caribbean and Latin America (“CALA”); (3) Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and (4) Asia Pacific (“APAC”). For reporting purposes, we combine North America and CALA into one segment named Americas and report EMEA and APAC as separate segments. See further discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Form 10-K and in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of the financial information of our segments. We have product distribution centers in each theater to best serve our global customer base.

A substantial majority of our revenue is from value-added resellers, distributors, and service providers. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, one channel partner, ScanSource Communications, accounted for 16%, 14% and 14% of our total net revenues, respectively. We believe it is unlikely that the loss of any of our channel partners would have a long-term material adverse effect on our consolidated net revenues or segment net revenues as we believe end-users would likely purchase our products from a different channel partner. However, a loss of any one of these channel partners could have a material adverse impact during the transition period.

We have also created Polycom Capital, which offers comprehensive and flexible partner and customer financing options designed to help free customers from the limitations of quarterly capital expense budgets. We leverage global capabilities of third party financing partners to provide customer lease financing solutions. In addition, through an arrangement with its third party financing partners, we offer our channel partners access to working capital aimed at lessening the burden of inventory carrying costs during customer implementations.

We typically ship products within a short time after we receive an order and, therefore, backlog is not necessarily a good indicator of future revenues. We include in backlog open product orders for which we expect to ship or services for which we expect to bill and record revenue in the following quarter. Once billed, any unearned service revenue is included in deferred revenue. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, our order backlog was $72.1 million and $66.0 million, respectively. Historically, the sale of some of our products has experienced seasonal fluctuations which have affected sequential growth rates for these products, particularly in our first and third quarters.  The risks associated with the seasonality of our sales are more fully discussed in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” under the subheading entitled “We experience seasonal demand for our products and services, which may adversely impact our results of operations during certain periods.”

ACQUISITIONS

We have completed a number of acquisitions during our operating history and believe that acquisitions, combined with a return of capital program, are important parts of an overall capital allocation strategy. During 2011, we completed three acquisitions. On March 21, 2011, we acquired Accordent Technologies, Inc. (“Accordent”), a privately-held video content management and delivery solutions company. On July 27, 2011, we acquired the assets of the Hewlett-Packard Visual Collaboration (“HPVC”) business, including the Halo products and managed services business. On October 14, 2011, we acquired ViVu, Inc. (“ViVu”), a privately-held

11


video collaboration software company. The total net cash paid in 2011 for these acquisitions was $163.6 million. We did not make any acquisitions in 2012.  On March 1, 2013, we acquired Sentri, Inc. (“Sentri”), a privately held services company with expertise in Microsoft technologies for approximately $8.0 million. We have included the financial results of these companies in our Consolidated Financial Statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

We believe that making strategic acquisitions is a good use of capital that can add value to our solutions with our partners and for our end-user customers. We have spent and will continue to spend resources identifying and acquiring businesses. We believe that the efficient and effective integration of our acquired businesses into our organization is critical to our growth. We also believe that our overall capital allocation strategy should include return of capital in addition to strategic acquisitions and, in 2013, we executed a significant return of capital program that included a share repurchase program.  

On December 4, 2012, we completed the disposition of the net assets of our enterprise wireless solutions business (the “EWS”) to Mobile Devices Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation. We received cash consideration of approximately $50.7 million, resulting in a gain on sale of the discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $35.4 million, as reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012.

COMPETITION

We compete in the UC&C market with products and solutions that enable voice, video and content collaboration on-premises, across intranets, extranets, mobile devices, and the Internet via our customer premises-based RealPresence Platform, web-based social-collaboration business platforms, and video collaboration-as-a-service offerings delivered from the cloud. We compete with multiple competitors in each product line on a global basis. These competitors include but are not limited to Cisco Systems, Inc., Logitech International S.A., Avaya Inc., Vidyo, Inc., Blue Jeans Networks, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., ZTE Corporation, ClearOne, Aastra Technologies Limited, Snom, Yealink, and others. In some cases, we also cooperate and partner with these companies in programs such as the Polycom Partner Network, as well as various industry initiatives. These initiatives include the UCIF and the OVCC, of which we were a founding member and which currently has over 30 global telecommunications service providers in its membership.

Our competitive landscape has evolved throughout 2013 and has been shaped by a number of significant forces including the global macroeconomic environment, customers reevaluating their overall UC information technology (IT) strategies, and the market’s continued move to cloud and software-based solutions. We believe our competitive landscape will continue to rapidly change in the future as we continue to expand into new markets for video collaboration such as mobile, social, browser-based, and cloud-delivered video and as competitors consolidate, increase their corporate partnerships, evolve their strategies, develop new technologies, expand globally, and change their pricing strategies.

While all of our competitors compete, or have the potential to compete, on a global basis, some competitors choose to focus on specific geographies. For example, Cisco Systems is our primary global competitor and is active in all geographic theaters and categories. In the Asia Pacific region, we additionally compete with China-based competitors such as Huawei and ZTE Corporation, as well as Sony Corporation, Zylotech Ltd., ClearOne Communications, Inc., Grandstream Communications, Inc., and other smaller competitors.

Our competitors consist of both larger companies, such as Cisco Systems, with substantial financial resources and more sizable sales, marketing, engineering and other capabilities with which to develop, manufacture, market, and sell their solutions, and smaller niche competitors. Our strategy of building best-in-class UC voice and video solutions faces challenges from competitors, who create complete end-to-end UC solutions, partner with other industry players, develop a unique technology or compete in a specific geography. Examples of these strategies include Cisco Systems’ CUCM/Jabber/Webex platform, Blue Jeans Network’s embedded video solution into Salesforce.com, and Vidyo’s partnership with Google and their entrance into H.264 SVC technology and software-based solutions.

Our competitors have increasingly focused on developing software. Software platforms for UC Call Control, including Microsoft Lync and Cisco CUCM, and solutions built on virtual software instances, including Vidyo’s VidyoConferencing solution, LifeSize’s UVC Platform, and Blue Jeans Network’s cloud architecture, represent a software based delivery alternative for the industry. Additionally, these developments represent a new challenge as customers examine specific segments of their UC solution, such as video conferencing, as a part of their overall IT strategy.

In professional services, we do not currently experience significant competition from third-party maintenance and support companies. Third-party maintenance companies may become a threat in the future, as the industry grows and as competitors look to expand service revenue streams and consolidate service solutions to their customers. Today, some of our partners offer our maintenance and support services, while others sell their own. To the extent that channel partners sell their own services, these partners compete with us; however, they typically purchase maintenance contracts from us to support these services. As we expand our professional services offering, we may compete more directly with system integrators in the future.

12


We believe the principal competitive factors in the markets and categories in which we compete and may compete in the future include the ability to:

provide and sell a broad range of UC&C solutions and services, including mobile and cloud-based solutions, and our ability to bring new products to market on a timely basis;

competitively price our products and solutions;

provide competitive product performance;

compete successfully in multiple markets with differing requirements, including, but not limited to, the enterprise, SMB, mobile video, social video, browser-based video, subscription-based video delivered from the cloud and service provider markets;

introduce new products and solutions in a timely manner;

reduce production and service costs;

provide required functionality such as security, reliability and scalability;

ensure investment protection through broad interoperability and backwards and forwards compatibility with other UC&C systems and solutions;

successfully integrate our products with, and operate our products on, existing customer platforms and consumer devices;

gain market presence and brand recognition;

extend credit to our partners;

conform to open standards;  

successfully address disruptive technology shifts and new business models, such as cloud-based and software-based UC&C solutions and mobility and consumer solutions; and

successfully address the transition in the market from point product to solution selling.

UC&C—and in particular voice, video and content collaboration—represents an attractive growth market that continues to attract new competitors regionally and globally. We believe Polycom’s commitment to open-standards, our platform approach, our partnerships, and participation in industry forums allowing us to offer broad interoperability among UC&C solutions continue collectively to represent key competitive differentiators for the Company.

RESEARCH AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

We believe that our future success depends in part on innovating and developing new architectures, enhancing existing solutions, and bringing new solutions to market that maintain technological competitiveness. The markets for our solutions are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, and frequent new product introductions, which require a significant investment in research and development.

We are focused on a hardware and software strategy to bring voice, HD video and content collaboration to a broad range of business, video, mobile, and social networking applications through standards-based infrastructure delivered on-premises and through public and private cloud-based solutions. We believe this strategy is redefining the unified communications market, accelerating the adoption of our products, and establishing Polycom as the default choice of customers and partners for open UC&C and HD video and content collaboration solutions that work together seamlessly across applications, protocols, call control systems, and end points. This strategy is also a key component of our growth strategy. We intend to continue to expand upon our product platforms through the development of software options, upgrades, and future product generations.

 

In February 2014, we announced a comprehensive set of new products, which we believe demonstrate our industry thought leadership and underscore our ability to expand our market opportunity in the future. These innovative products, which augment our portfolio with backward and forward compatibility, make it easier to buy, implement and use video and content collaboration and include the following:

Virtualized collaboration through a subscription: RealPresence One is a new, comprehensive offering including RealPresence Platform software and services for video, voice and content collaboration, available on an annual subscription basis. This is an ideal solution for customers who want to implement voice, video and content collaboration solutions in their organizations for the first time, as well as those who may be migrating to a cloud-based environment.

Virtual editions of individual RealPresence Platform components: RealPresence Platform, Virtual Editions are now available as virtualized software that runs on industry-standard servers in existing datacenters. Polycom RealPresence, Virtual Editions

13


are ideal for organizations who want to optimize, streamline or expand their existing video networks, and will work alongside hardware appliances, for a seamless, hybrid network.

The RealPresence Immersive Studio is the next-generation of immersive collaboration environments and makes an ideal group virtual workspace for the meetings that matter the most, including creative brainstorms or crisis management sessions. The flexible configuration lets users see content on any of the large displays in the studio and support for BYOD lets users share content from mobile devices like tablets and laptops. Support for the Polycom VisualBoard virtual whiteboard also lets users engage in interactive note-taking on critical content, such as business documents, CAD drawings, blueprints or maps.

Laptop, desktop, tablet and smartphone video users gain more features and capabilities, such as Polycom VisualBoard content sharing and document annotation from the iPad on RealPresence Mobile v3.1. In addition, Polycom RealPresence Desktop v3.1 now includes IM, presence Polycom SmartPairing for room system control, and content sharing.

Polycom RealPresence Media Manager v6.6 will integrate with technology from RAMP, a Polycom Technology Partner, to make video content searchable, similar to the way that users are accustomed to looking for keywords in documents and on the Web. Polycom RealPresence Media Manager is an automated software solution that lets organizations capture, manage, deliver and access video content, like lectures and seminars, from any source to any device. Polycom developed the open integration approach for media analytics solutions and services through documented APIs in Polycom RealPresence Media Manager.

Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred and totaled approximately $216.0 million in 2013, $208.5 million in 2012, and $190.3 million in 2011.   Additionally, in 2013, we capitalized approximately $2.4 million of development costs for internally developed software products to be marketed or sold to customers.  There were no such costs capitalized prior to 2013 as the software development costs qualifying for capitalization were not significant. We intend to continue to make investments in product and technology development. We also intend to continue to participate in the development of various teleconferencing industry standards, which are or may be incorporated into our products.

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT

We believe our customer service and support offerings accelerate and maximize our customer’s return on investment in our solutions. In addition to warranty support for our product lines covering hardware, software media and repaired parts, we offer maintenance and professional services through a global network of certified partners and service providers and also directly.

Our services portfolio addresses the entire voice and video solution lifecycle from first deployment to technology refresh, starting from needs analysis and design; to deployment services, such as Microsoft Lync and IBM Sametime integration; to a portfolio of support services to meet each customer’s business needs that include managed services and optimization services that help customers make the most of their investment in our video and voice collaboration solutions. Customers and partners can also leverage training and certification programs delivered through Polycom Learning Centers.

Our ongoing maintenance support contracts include telephone support, software upgrades and updates, parts exchange, on-site assistance, and access to support engineers. We have a full suite of support including Managed Services, targeted specifically toward customers who require the highest level of service and uptime. Customers that rely on their video system for high end support, and in some cases mission critical type applications, can take advantage of our Elite and Managed Services offerings. We also offer value-added Advantage Services to meet the demands of customers who wish to accelerate the adoption of our solutions, desire increased insight into the use of their RealPresence Platform video solutions and who require high levels of 24x7 support for their video deployment needs, but not necessarily highly customized or personalized services, to complement our high-touch and proactive Elite Service.

We also continue to extend our range of professional and system integration services to address customers’ needs in adopting the RealPresence Platform solutions. These services are designed to assist customers in migrating their video endpoints and software solutions to the new platform, deploying the latest features, enhancements, and interoperability updates released through the software upgrade program, and ensuring the customer is getting optimal performance from their solution. These offerings extend to include network design and consulting, as well as assessing the video readiness of a customer’s network to achieve high-quality video performance and network monitoring services that provide 24-hour visibility into the performance of the customer’s network.

Our support and professional services are available through our worldwide partner network that is certified to deliver our service offerings under our partners’ own brand or to resell them under our branded service offerings. Our community of certified partners are backed by our delivery infrastructure and made up of more than 100 learning centers, tech support centers, call centers and parts warehouse locations around the world. We also offer an online support portal for customers and a support community where customers can share information and access support 24 hours a day.

14


MANUFACTURING

We subcontract the manufacturing of most of our UC Group and UC Personal Device products to Celestica Inc., Askey Computer Corporation, Foxconn Technology Group and VTech Holdings Ltd. These companies are all third-party electronic manufacturing service providers. We use Celestica’s facilities in Thailand and China, and Foxconn’s, Askey’s and VTech’s facilities in China. At the conclusion of the manufacturing process, these products are distributed to channel partners and end users through warehouses located in Thailand, the Netherlands, and in the United States in Dayton, Ohio and Tracy, California. The key components of our UC Platform products are manufactured by third parties in China, Taiwan, and Israel. Final system assembly, testing and configuration is performed by Celestica China, Celestica Thailand, and Polycom Israel. These UC Platform products are distributed directly to end users from these manufacturing locations.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

While we rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and confidentiality procedures to protect our proprietary rights, we believe that factors such as technological and creative skills of our personnel, new product developments, frequent product enhancements, name recognition and reliable product maintenance are also essential to establishing and maintaining a technology leadership position. We currently have over two hundred ninety United States patents issued covering our products. The expiration of these patents range from 2014 to 2030. In addition, we currently have over two hundred ninety non-U.S. patents issued whose expirations range from 2014 to 2035. Finally, we have over one hundred twenty United States patent applications pending covering our conferencing and our network infrastructure products and over two hundred twenty non-U.S. patent applications pending. Polycom, RealPresence, SoundPoint, SoundStation, ViewStation, VoiceStation, ReadiManager, ViaVideo, VSX, QSX, QDX, RMX, HDX, DMA, E2BConnect, HALO, SoundStation product configuration, the Polycom Circles logo, Powered by Polycom, and others are registered trademarks of Polycom in the U.S. and/or various countries, and CloudAXIS, Constant Clarity, iPower, iPriority, HD Voice, Mobile Responder, PDS, PEC, PVE, ATX, and others are common law trademarks of Polycom in the U.S. and various countries. According to federal and state law, Polycom’s trademark protection will continue for as long as we continue to use our trademarks (in common law countries) and/or maintain our registrations (in civil law countries) in connection with the products and services of Polycom.

We have licensing agreements with various suppliers for software incorporated into our products and certain of our products are developed and manufactured based largely or solely on third-party technology. These third-party software licenses and arrangements may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable or competitive terms, if at all. The termination or impairment of these licenses could result in delays or reductions in or the elimination of new product introductions or current product shipments until equivalent software could be developed, licensed and integrated, if at all possible, which could harm our business and results of operations. Similarly some of our products may include “open source” software. Our ability to commercialize products and technologies incorporating open source software may be restricted because, among other factors, open source license terms may be unclear and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our product offerings. The risks associated with our intellectual property are more fully discussed in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” under the subheading entitled “If we have insufficient proprietary rights or if we fail to protect those rights we have, our business could be materially impaired.”

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2013, we employed a total of 3,774 persons, including 1,190 in sales, marketing and customer support, 1,231 in research and product development, 792 in manufacturing and services delivery, and 561 in general and administration. Of these, 2,052 were employed outside of North America. We have experienced no work stoppages and believe our relationship with our employees is good.

15


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS  

YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW BEFORE MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION. THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES WE FACE. ADDITIONAL RISKS THAT WE ARE NOT PRESENTLY AWARE OF OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED BY ANY OR ALL OF THESE RISKS. THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE SIGNIFICANTLY DUE TO ANY OF THESE RISKS, AND YOU MAY LOSE ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT. IN ASSESSING THESE RISKS, YOU SHOULD ALSO REFER TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K, INCLUDING OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND RELATED NOTES.

Competition in each of our markets is intense, and our inability to compete effectively could significantly harm our business and results of operations.

We face intense competition in the Americas, EMEA, and Asia Pacific for our UC&C solutions products which places pressure on average selling prices for our products. Some of our competitors compete with us in more than one geographic theater and across all of our product categories. Our major global competitor is Cisco Systems. Our other global competitors include Avaya, Blue Jeans Network, Huawei and Logitech.

Our competitive landscape continues to rapidly evolve as we move into new markets for video collaboration such as mobile, browser-based, and cloud-delivered video. Our competitors also continue to develop and introduce new technologies, sometimes proprietary, that represent threats through closed architectures, such as Skype, Google Talk/Hangouts, and Apple FaceTime. We also compete with other offerings such as Cisco Systems’ Jabber and WebEx and Citrix Systems’ GoToMeeting with HD Faces. Many of these companies have substantial financial resources and production, marketing, engineering and other capabilities with which to develop, manufacture, market and sell their products, which may result in our having to lower our product prices and increase our spending on marketing, which would correspondingly have a negative impact on our revenues and operating margins.

Our principal competitive factors in the markets in which we presently compete include the ability to:

provide and sell a broad range of UC&C hardware and software solutions and services, including mobile and cloud-based solutions, and our ability to bring such products to market on a timely basis;

competitively price our products and solutions;

provide competitive product performance;

be successful in multiple markets with differing requirements, including, but not limited to, mobile video, social video, subscription-based video delivered from the cloud and service provider markets, and with various sizes and types of customers;

introduce new products and solutions in a timely manner;

reduce production and service costs;

provide required functionality such as security, reliability, and scalability;

ensure investment protection through interoperability and backwards- and forwards-compatibility with other UC&C systems and solutions;

continue differentiation through open standards and broad interoperability of our infrastructure in complex environments where integration with other third-party technologies, such as Microsoft Lync, is critical;

successfully integrate our products with, and operate our products on, existing customer platforms and consumer devices;

gain market presence and brand recognition;

extend credit to our partners;

conform to open standards;

successfully address disruptive technology shifts and new business models, such as cloud-based and software-based UC&C solutions and mobility and consumer solutions; and

successfully address the transition in the market from principally hardware based point products to solutions including hardware, software and services.

 

16


Our competitive environment also differs by geography. Cisco Systems is our primary global competitor in all theaters and categories in which we compete. In the Asia Pacific region, we additionally compete with China-based competitors such as Huawei and ZTE Corporation, as well as Sony Corporation, Zylotech Ltd., ClearOne Communications, Inc., Grandstream Communications, Inc., and other smaller competitors.

We may not be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products and to introduce new products or new technologies that provide improved performance. New product introductions by our current or future competitors, or our delay in bringing new products to market, could cause a significant decline in sales or loss of market acceptance of our products. We believe that ongoing competitive pressure may result in a reduction in the prices of our products and our competitors’ products. In addition, the introduction of additional lower priced competitive products or of new products or product platforms could render our existing products or technologies obsolete. We also believe we will face increasing competition from alternative UC&C solutions that employ new technologies or new combinations of technologies. Further, the commoditization of certain video conferencing products is leading to the availability of alternative, lower-cost UC&C products than ours, such as those offered by Apple, Google, Logitech, Skype and others, which could drive down our sales prices and negatively impact our revenues.

Increased consolidation and the formation of strategic partnerships in our industry may lead to increased competition which could adversely affect our business and future results of operations.

Strategic partnerships and acquisitions are being formed and announced by our competitors on a regular basis, which increases competition and often results in increased downward pressure on our product prices. For instance, when Cisco Systems acquired Tandberg ASA, previously our largest independent competitor, we had to compete with a larger combined company with significantly greater financial and sales and marketing resources, an extensive channel network and an expanded video communications solutions product line. This product line is often sold in conjunction with Cisco Systems’ proprietary network equipment and technology as a complete solution, making it more difficult for us to compete against them or to ascertain pricing on competitive products. In addition, Cisco Systems may use its dominance in network equipment to foreclose competition in the UC&C solutions market. Cisco Systems may also preclude our competitive products from being fully interoperable with Cisco Systems endpoints, video infrastructure and/or network products. Similarly, Avaya acquired Konftel and RADVISION, and Logitech acquired LifeSize. These consolidations and partnerships have resulted in increased competition and pricing pressure, as the newly-combined entities have greater financial resources, deeper mass market sales channels and greater pricing flexibility than we do. Acquisitions or partnerships made by one of our strategic partners could also limit the potential contribution of our strategic relationships to our business and restrict our ability to form strategic relationships with these companies in the future and, as a result, harm our business. Rumored or actual consolidation of our partners and competitors will likely cause uncertainty and disruption to our business and can cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Global economic conditions have adversely affected our business in the past and could adversely affect our revenues and harm our business in the future.

Adverse economic conditions worldwide have contributed to slowdowns in the communications and networking industries and have caused a negative impact on the specific segments and markets in which we operate. As our business has grown, we have become increasingly exposed to adverse changes in general global economic conditions, which can result in reductions in capital expenditures by end-user customers for our products, longer sales cycles, the deferral or delay of purchase commitments for our products and increased competition. These factors have adversely impacted our operating results in prior periods and could also impact us again in the future. Global economic concerns, such as the varying pace of global economic recovery and European and domestic debt and budget issues, continue to create uncertainty and unpredictability that have contributed to longer selling cycles and cause us to continue to be cautious about our future outlook, including our near-term revenue and profitability outlook. For example, we have recently seen weakening demand and longer sales cycles in the public sector, which includes federal, state and local governments, as well as healthcare and education, which we believe were due in large part to budget constraints, as well as political issues. A global economic downturn would negatively impact technology spending for our products and services and would materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Further, we have recently seen slower growth than we anticipated in China, India, and other growth markets, which we believe is due in part to macro-economic factors. Further, global economic conditions have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, low liquidity levels in many financial markets, decrease in customer demand and ability to pay obligations, and extreme volatility in credit, equity, foreign currency and fixed income markets.

These adverse economic conditions could negatively impact our business, particularly our revenue potential, losses on investments and the collectability of our accounts receivable, due to the inability of our customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products and services, customer or partner insolvencies or bankruptcies, decreased customer confidence to make purchasing decisions resulting in delays in their purchasing decisions, and decreased customer demand or demand for lower-end products.

17


Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and are not necessarily a good indicator of future performance.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may vary significantly in the future as a result of a number of factors, many of which are out of our control or can be difficult to predict. These factors include, but are not limited to:

fluctuations in demand for our products and services, in part due to uncertain global economic conditions and increased competition, as well as transitions in the markets in which we sell products and services;

our ability to execute on our strategic and operating plans;

changes to our global organization and retention of key personnel;

slowing sales or variations in sales rates by our channel partners to their customers;

changes to our channel partner programs, contracts and strategy that could result in a reduction in the number of channel partners, could adversely impact our revenues and gross margins as we realign our discount and rebate programs for our channels, or could cause more of our channel partners to add our competitors’ products to their portfolio;

the prices and performance of our products and those of our existing or potential new competitors;

the timing, size and mix of the orders for our products;

the level and mix of inventory that we hold to meet future demand;

changes in effective tax rates which are difficult to predict due to, among other things, the timing and geographical mix of our earnings, the outcome of current or future tax audits and potential new rules and regulations;

changes in the underlying factors and assumptions used in determining stock-based compensation;

fluctuations in the level of international sales and our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations on both revenues and expenses;

dependence on component suppliers and third party manufacturers, which includes outside development manufacturers, and the associated manufacturing costs;

the impact of increasing costs of freight and components used in the manufacturing of our products and the potential negative impact on our gross margins;

the magnitude of any costs that we must incur in the event of a product recall or of costs associated with product warranty claims;

the impact of seasonality on our various product lines and geographic regions; and

adverse outcomes in intellectual property litigation and other matters and the costs associated with asserting and enforcing our intellectual property portfolio.

As a result of these and potentially other factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our historical results of operations are not necessarily a good predictor of our future performance. If our future operating results are below the expectations of stock market securities analysts or investors, or below any financial guidance we may provide to the market, our stock price will likely decline. Financial guidance beyond the current quarter is inherently subject to greater risk and uncertainty, and if the transitions in our markets accelerate, our ability to forecast becomes more difficult.  

We face risks associated with developing and marketing our products, including new product development and new product lines.

Our success depends on our ability to assimilate new technologies in our products and to properly train our channel partners, sales force and end-user customers in the use of those products.

The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology, such as the demand for HD video technology and lower cost video infrastructure products, the shift from on premise-based equipment to a mix of solutions that includes hardware and software and the option for customers to have video delivered as a service from the cloud or through a browser, evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions, including an increased emphasis on software products and new, lower cost hardware products. Historically, our focus has been on premise-based solutions for the enterprise and public sector, targeted at vertical markets, including finance, manufacturing, government, education and healthcare. In addition, in response to emerging market trends, and the network effect driven by business-to-business and business-to-consumer adoption of UC&C, we are expanding our focus to capture opportunities within emerging markets including mobile, SMBs, and cloud-based delivery. If we are unable to successfully capture these markets to the extent anticipated, or to develop the new technologies and partnerships required to successfully compete in these markets, then our revenues may not grow as anticipated and our business may ultimately be harmed. Given the competitive

18


nature of the mobile industry, changing end user behaviors and other industry dynamics, these relationships may not evolve into fully-developed product offerings or translate into any future revenues.

The success of our new products depends on several factors, including proper new product definition, product cost,  infrastructure for services and cloud delivery, timely completion and introduction of new products, proper positioning and pricing of new products in relation to our total product portfolio and their relative pricing, differentiation of new products from those of our competitors and other products in our own portfolio, market acceptance of these products and the ability to sell our products to customers as comprehensive UC&C solutions. Other factors that may affect our success include properly addressing the complexities associated with compatibility issues, channel partner and sales force training, technical and sales support, and field support.

In addition, we are making additional investments to deliver cloud-based and mobile UC&C solutions, and we continue to invest in immersive telepresence solutions. Ultimately, it is possible that our increased investments in these areas may not yield the planned financial results. In addition, in our high-end UC&C solutions, such as immersive telepresence, that typically require direct high touch sales involvement with potential customers, we compete directly with large, multi-national corporations, such as Cisco Systems, who have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, and executive resources than we do, as well as greater name recognition and market presence with many potential customers.

We also need to continually educate and train our channel partners to avoid any confusion as to the desirability of new product offerings and solutions compared to our existing product offerings and to be able to articulate and differentiate the value of new offerings over those of our competitors. As the market evolves, our distribution model and channel partners may change as well.  During the last few years, we launched several new product offerings, including new software, hardware and cloud-based solutions, and these new products could cause confusion among our channel partners and end-users, thereby causing them to delay purchases of our new products until they determine their market acceptance, or as they consider a more comprehensive UC&C strategy versus point product or endpoint only deployments. Any delays in future purchases could adversely affect our revenues, gross margins and operating results in the period of the delay.

The shift in communications from circuit-switched to IP-based and other new technologies over time may require us to add new channel partners, enter new markets and gain new core technological competencies. We are attempting to address these needs and the need to develop new products through our internal development efforts, through joint developments with other companies and through acquisitions. However, we may not identify successful new product opportunities and develop and bring products to market in a timely manner. Further, as we introduce new products, these product transition cycles may not go smoothly, causing an increased risk of inventory obsolescence and relationship issues with our end-user customers and channel partners. The failure of our new product development efforts, any inability to service or maintain the necessary third-party interoperability licenses, our inability to properly manage product transitions or to anticipate new product demand, or our inability to enter new markets would harm our business and results of operations.

We may experience delays in product introductions and availability, and our products may contain defects which could seriously harm our results of operations.

We have experienced delays in the introduction of certain new products and enhancements in the past. The delays in product release dates that we experienced in the past have been due to factors such as unforeseen technology issues, manufacturing ramping issues and other factors, which we believe negatively impacted our sales revenue in the relevant periods. Any of these or other factors may occur again and delay our future product releases. Our product development groups are dispersed throughout the United States and other international locations such as China, India and Israel. As such, disruption due to geopolitical conflicts could create an increased risk of delays in new product introductions.

We produce highly complex communications equipment, which includes both hardware and software and incorporates new technologies and component parts from different suppliers. Resolving product defect and technology and quality issues could cause delays in new product introduction. Component part shortages could also cause delays in product delivery and lead to increased costs. Further, some defects may not be detected or cured prior to a new product launch, or may be detected after a product has already been launched and may be incurable or result in a product recall. The occurrence of any of these events could result in the failure of a partial or entire product line or a withdrawal of a product from the market. We may also have to invest significant capital and other resources to correct these problems, including product reengineering expenses and inventory, warranty and replacement costs. These problems might also result in claims against us by our customers or others and could harm our reputation and adversely affect future sales of our products.

Any delays for new product offerings currently under development, including product offerings for mobile, cloud-based delivery, software delivery or any product quality issues, product defect issues or product recalls could adversely affect the market acceptance of these products, our ability to compete effectively in the market, and our reputation with our customers, and therefore could lead to decreased product sales and could harm our business. We may also experience cancellation of orders, difficulty in

19


collecting accounts receivable, increased service and warranty costs in excess of our estimates, diversion of resources and increased insurance costs and other losses to our business or to end-user customers.

Product obsolescence or discontinuance and excess inventory can negatively affect our results of operations.

The pace of change in technology development and in the release of new products has increased and is expected to continue to increase, which can often render existing or developing technologies obsolete. In addition, the introduction of new products and any related actions to discontinue existing products can cause existing inventory to become obsolete. These obsolescence issues, or any failure by us to properly anticipate product life cycles, can require write-downs in inventory value. For each of our products, the potential exists for new products to render existing products obsolete, cause inventories of existing products to increase, cause us to discontinue a product or reduce the demand for existing products.

Further, we continually evaluate our product lines both strategically and in terms of potential growth rates and margins. Such evaluations could result in the discontinuance or divestiture of those products in the future, which could be disruptive and costly and may not yield the intended benefits. For example, we divested our enterprise wireless solutions business in December 2012.

We face risks related to the adoption rate of new technologies.

We have invested significant resources developing products that are dependent on the adoption rate of new technologies. For example, our Polycom® RealPresence® One and Real Presence Virtual Edition platform software solutions are dependent on enterprise adoption of software based video bridging applications. If the software related video bridging market does not grow as we anticipate, or if our strategy for addressing the market, or execution of such strategy, is not successful, our business and results of operations could be harmed. In addition, we develop new products or make product enhancements based upon anticipated demand for new features and functionality. Our business and revenues may be harmed if the use of new technologies that our future products are based on does not occur; if we do not anticipate shifts in technology appropriately or rapidly enough; if the development of suitable sales channels does not occur, or occurs more slowly than expected; if our products are not priced competitively or are not readily adopted; or if the adoption rates of such new technologies do not drive demand for our other products as we anticipate. For example, although we believe increased sales of UC&C solutions will drive increased demand for our UC hardware and software platform products, such increased demand may not occur or we may not benefit to the same extent as our competitors. We also may not be successful in creating demand in our installed customer base for products that we develop that incorporate new technologies or features. Conversely, as we see the adoption rate of new technologies increase, product sales of our legacy products may be negatively impacted, which could materially impact our revenues and results of operations.

Lower than expected market acceptance of our products, price competition and other price changes would negatively impact our business.

If the market does not accept our products, particularly our new product offerings on which we are relying on for future revenues, such as product offerings for platform software, new hardware products and cloud-based delivery, our business and operating results would be harmed. Further, revenues relating to new product offerings are unpredictable, and new products typically have lower gross margins for a period of time after their introduction and higher marketing and sales costs. As we introduce new products, they could increasingly become a higher percentage of our revenues. Our profitability could also be negatively affected in the future as a result of continuing competitive price pressures in the sale of UC&C solutions equipment and UC platform products. Further, in the past we have reduced prices in order to expand the market for our products, and in the future, we may further reduce prices, introduce new products that carry lower margins in order to expand the market or stimulate demand for our products, or discontinue existing products as a means of stimulating growth in a new product.

Finally, if we do not fully anticipate, understand and fulfill the needs of end-user customers in the vertical markets that we serve, we may not be able to fully capitalize on product sales into those vertical markets and our revenues may, accordingly, fail to grow as anticipated or may be adversely impacted. We face similar risks as we expand and focus our business on the SMB and service provider markets.

Failure to adequately service and support our product offerings could harm our results of operations.

The increasing complexity of our products and associated technologies has increased the need for enhanced product warranty and service capabilities, including integration services, which may require us to develop or acquire additional advanced service capabilities and make additional investments. If we cannot adequately develop and train our internal support organization or maintain our relationships with our outside technical support providers, it could adversely affect our business.

In addition, sales of our immersive telepresence solutions are complex sales transactions, and the end-user customer typically purchases an enhanced level of support service from us so as to ensure that its significant investment can be fully operational and realized. This requires us to provide advanced services and project management in terms of resources and technical knowledge of the

20


customer’s telecommunication network. If we are unable to provide the proper level of support on a cost efficient basis, it may cause damage to our reputation in this market and may harm our business and results of operations.

If we fail to successfully attract and retain highly qualified management personnel and key employees, our business may be harmed.

Our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate and retain highly qualified senior executives and other key management personnel. As new hires assess their areas of responsibilities and define their organizations, disruption to the business and additional organizational changes or restructuring actions and charges could occur. In the last 12 to 18 months we have had turnover in a number of senior executive positions, including our chief executive officer, our head of worldwide sales, our chief marketing officer and head of worldwide engineering.  In December 2013, we appointed a new CEO. This transition, along with the hiring of other new senior managers, may be disruptive to our business, and if we are unable to execute an orderly transition, our revenue, operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.  Future changes to our executive and senior management teams, including new executive hires or departures, could cause further disruption to the business and have a negative impact on our operating performance, while these operational areas are in transition. Competition for qualified executive and other management personnel is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting or retaining such personnel.

Impairment of our goodwill or other assets would negatively affect our results of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, our goodwill was approximately $559.5 million and other purchased intangible assets were approximately $37.5 million, which together represent a significant portion of the assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually or sooner under certain circumstances. Other intangible assets that are deemed to have finite useful lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives but must be reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Screening for and assessing whether impairment indicators exist, or if events or changes in circumstances have occurred requires significant judgment. Therefore, we may be required to take a charge to operations as a result of future goodwill and intangible asset impairment tests. The decreases in revenue and stock price that have occurred as a result of global economic factors make such impairment more likely to result. If impairment is deemed to exist, we would write-down the recorded value of these intangible assets to their fair values and these write-downs could harm our business and results of operations. Further, we cannot assure you that future inventory, investment, license, fixed asset or other asset write-downs will not happen. If future write-downs do occur, they could harm our business and results of operations.

Difficulties in identifying and integrating acquisitions could adversely affect our business.

We have spent and may continue to spend significant resources identifying and acquiring businesses. The process of identifying suitable candidates and integrating acquired companies into our operations requires significant resources and is time-consuming, expensive and disruptive to our business. Failure to achieve the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions could harm our business, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, we may incur material charges in future quarters to reflect additional costs associated with any future acquisition we may make.  We may not realize the benefits we anticipate from our acquisitions because of the following significant challenges:

incorporating the acquired company’s technology and products and services into our current and future product lines, including providing services that are new for us;

potential deterioration of the acquired company’s product sales and revenues due to integration activities and management distraction;

managing integration issues;

potentially creating confusion in the marketplace by ineffectively distinguishing or marketing the product and services offerings of the newly acquired company with our existing product and services lines;

entering new businesses or product lines;

potentially incompatible cultural differences between the two companies;

geographic dispersion of operations;

interruption of manufacturing operations as we transition an acquired company’s manufacturing to our outsourced manufacturing model;

generating marketing demand for an expanded product line;

distraction of the existing and acquired sales force during the integration of the companies;

21


distraction of and potential conflict with the acquired company’s products and services in regards to our existing channel partners;

the difficulty in leveraging the combined technologies and capabilities across all product lines and customer bases; and

our inability to retain the customers or employees of an acquired company.

Our failure to successfully implement restructuring plans related to vacant and redundant facilities could adversely impact our business.

We have in the past, and may in the future, as part of acquiring a company or as part of restructuring actions taken to streamline the business, identify redundant facilities. If we identify redundant facilities, we would develop a plan to exit as part of the integration of the acquired business or as part of the implementation of the restructuring plan. Any reserve would be net of estimated sublease income we expect to generate. Our estimate of sublease income is based on current comparable rates for leases in the respective markets. If actual sublease income is lower than our estimates for any reason, if it takes us longer than we estimated to sublease these facilities, or if the associated cost of, or our recorded liability related to, subleasing or terminating our lease obligations for these facilities is greater than we estimated, we would incur additional charges to operations which would harm our business, results of operations and cash flows.

We experience seasonal demand for our products and services, which may adversely impact our results of operations during certain periods.

Sales of some of our products have experienced seasonal fluctuations which have affected sequential growth rates for these products, particularly in our first and third quarters. For example, the first quarter of the year is typically the least predictable quarter of the year for us and there is generally a slowdown for sales of our products in the European region in the third quarter of each year. Further, the timing of fiscal year ends for our government and enterprise customers may result in significant fluctuations from quarter to quarter. Seasonal fluctuations could negatively affect our business, which could cause our operating results to fall short of anticipated results for such quarters.

Our operating results are hard to predict as a significant amount of our sales may occur at the end of a quarter and certain of our service provider contracts include contractual acceptance provisions.

The timing of our channel partner orders and product shipments and our inability to reduce expenses quickly may adversely impact our operating results.

Our quarterly revenues and operating results depend in large part upon the volume and timing of channel partner orders received during a given quarter and the percentage of each order that we are able to ship and recognize as revenue during each quarter, each of which is extremely difficult to forecast. We have experienced longer sales cycles in connection with our high-end UC&C solutions, which could also increase the level of unpredictability and fluctuation in the timing of orders. Further, depending upon the complexity of these solutions, such as immersive telepresence and some UC platform products, and the underlying contractual terms, revenue may not be recognized until the product has been accepted by the end-user, resulting in further revenue unpredictability.

Our expectations for both short and long-term future revenues are based almost exclusively on our own estimate of future demand and not on firm channel partner orders. Our expense levels are based largely on these estimates. In addition, a significant portion of our product orders are received in the last month of a quarter, typically the last few weeks of that quarter; thus, the unpredictability of the receipt of these orders could negatively impact our future results. For instance, we have experienced a high percentage of our bookings and resulting revenues in the third month of the quarter. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2013, approximately 50% of our quarterly revenues were recognized in the third month of the quarter. Accordingly, if for any reason orders and revenues do not meet our expectations in a particular period, we will be limited in our ability to reduce expenses quickly, and any significant shortfall in demand for our products in relation to our expectations would have an adverse impact on our operating results.

Delays in receiving contractual acceptance will cause delays in our ability to recognize revenue and may impact our quarterly revenues, depending upon the timing and shipment of orders under such contracts.

Certain of our sales contracts include product acceptance provisions which vary depending upon the type of product and individual terms of the contract. In addition, acceptance criteria may be required in other contracts in the future, depending upon the size and complexity of the sale and the type of products ordered. As we increase our focus on growing our service provider business and cloud and managed services, it is likely that an increased amount of our revenue will be subject to such contractual acceptance terms and milestones, and we may introduce new revenue models that could result in less revenue being recognized upfront. Accordingly, we defer revenue until the underlying acceptance criteria in any given contract have been met. Depending upon the acceptance terms, the timing of the receipt and subsequent shipment of an order may result in acceptance delays, may reduce the predictability of our revenues, and, consequently, may adversely impact our revenues and results of operations in any particular quarter.

22


We face risks related to our dependence on channel partners to sell our products.

Conflicts and competition with our channel partners and strategic partners could hurt sales of our products.

We have OEM agreements with major telecommunications equipment manufacturers, such as Avaya and Cisco Systems, whereby we manufacture our products to work with the equipment of the OEM. These relationships can create conflicts with our other channel partners who directly compete with our OEM partners, or could create conflicts among our OEM partners who compete with each other, which could adversely affect revenues from these other channel partners or our OEM partners. Conflicts among our OEM partners could also make continued partnering with these OEM partners increasingly difficult. Our OEM partners may decide to enter into a new OEM partnership with a company other than us, or develop products of their own, or acquire such products through acquisition, that compete with ours in the future, which could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. For example, Cisco Systems has informed us that it will end of life, and will therefore no longer resell, the IP conference phones they purchase from us, which is expected to reduce our 2014 revenue by approximately $40.0 million compared to 2013.  Because many of our channel partners also sell equipment that competes with our products, these channel partners could devote more attention to these other products which could harm our business. Further, as a result of our more direct-touch sales model, we may alienate some of our channel partners or cause a shift in product sales from our traditional channel model. Due to these and other factors, channel conflicts could arise which cause channel partners to devote resources to non-Polycom communications equipment, or to offer new products from our competitors, which would negatively affect our business and results of operations.

In addition, we are focusing on our strategic partnerships and alliances with Microsoft, AT&T, BroadSoft and IBM. Defining, managing and developing these partnerships is expensive and time-consuming and may not come to fruition or yield the desired results, impacting our ability to effectively compete in the market and to take advantage of anticipated future market growth. For example, our key strategic relationship with Microsoft in which we are jointly developing and marketing a UC&C solution that leverages the demand for Microsoft’s next generation UC server could negatively impact our ability to compete effectively in the UC&C marketplace if we are unsuccessful. Our mobile solutions are also dependent on our ability to successfully partner with mobile device manufacturers.

In addition, as we enter into agreements with these strategic partners to enable us to continue to expand our relationships with these partners, we may undertake additional obligations, such as development efforts, which could trigger unintended penalty or other provisions in the event that we fail to fully perform our contractual commitments or could result in additional costs beyond those that are planned in order to meet these contractual obligations.

As we continue to build strategic partnerships with companies, conflicts between our strategic partners could arise which could harm our business.

Some of our current and future products are directly competitive with the products sold by both our channel and strategic partners. As a result of these conflicts, there is the potential for our channel and strategic partners to compete head-to-head with us or to significantly reduce or eliminate their orders of our products or design our technology out of their products. Further, some of our products are reliant on strategic partnerships with call manager providers and wireless UC&C platform providers. These partnerships result in interoperable features between products to deliver a total solution to our mutual end-user customers. Competition with our partners in all of the markets in which we operate is likely to increase, which would adversely affect our revenues and could potentially strain our existing relationships with these companies.

We are subject to risks associated with our channel partners’ sales reporting, product inventories and product sell-through.

We sell a significant amount of our products to channel partners who maintain their own inventory of our products for sale to dealers and end-users. Our revenue estimates associated with products stocked by some of our channel partners are based largely on end-user sales reports that our channel partners provide to us on a monthly basis. To date, we believe this data has been generally accurate. To the extent that this sales-out and channel inventory data is inaccurate or not received timely, our revenue estimates for future periods may be less reliable. Further, if these channel partners are unable to sell an adequate amount of their inventory of our products in a given quarter or if channel partners decide to decrease their inventories for any reason, such as a recurrence of global economic uncertainty and downturn in technology spending, the volume of our sales to these channel partners and our revenues would be negatively affected. In addition, we also face the risk that some of our channel partners have inventory levels in excess of future anticipated sales. If such sales do not occur in the time frame anticipated by these channel partners for any reason, these channel partners may substantially decrease the amount of product they order from us in subsequent periods, or product returns may exceed historical or predicted levels, which would harm our business and create unexpected variations in our financial results.

23


Potential changes to our channel partner programs or channel partner contracts may not be favorably received and as a result our channel partner relationships and results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Our channel partners are eligible to participate in various incentive programs, depending upon their contractual arrangements with us. As part of these arrangements, we have the right to make changes in our programs and launch new programs as business conditions warrant. Further, from time to time, we may make changes to our channel partner contracts. These changes could upset our channel partners with the effect that they could add competitive products to their portfolios, delay advertising or sales of our products, or shift more emphasis to selling our competitors’ products. Our channel partners may not be receptive to future changes and we may not receive the positive benefits that we anticipate in making any program and contractual changes.

Consolidation of our channel partners and strategic partners may result in changes to our overall business relationships, less favorable contractual terms and disruption to our business.

We have seen consolidation among certain of our existing channel partners and strategic partners. In such instances, we may experience changes to our overall business and operational relationships due to dealing with a larger combined entity, and our ability to maintain such relationships on favorable contractual terms may be limited. Depending on the extent of these changes and other disruptions caused to the combined businesses during the integration period, the timing and extent of revenue from these channel partners may be adversely affected.

We are subject to risks associated with the success of the businesses of our channel partners.

Many of our channel partners that carry multiple Polycom products, and from whom we derive significant revenues, are thinly capitalized. Although we perform ongoing evaluations of the creditworthiness of our channel partners, the failure of these businesses to establish and sustain profitability, obtain financing or adequately fund capital expenditures could have a significant negative effect on our future revenue levels and profitability and our ability to collect our receivables. As we grow our revenues and our customer base, our exposure to credit risk increases. In addition, global economic uncertainty, reductions in technology spending in the United States and other countries, and the ongoing challenges in the financial services industry have restricted the availability of capital, which may delay collections from our channel partners beyond our historical experience or may cause companies to file for bankruptcy, jeopardizing the collectability of our receivables from such channel partners and negatively impacting our future results.

Our channel partner contracts are typically short-term and early termination of these contracts may harm our results of operations.

We do not typically enter into long-term contracts with our channel partners, and we cannot be certain as to future order levels from our channel partners. In the event of a termination by one of our major channel partners, we believe that the end-user customer would likely purchase from another one of our channel partners, but if this did not occur and we were unable to rapidly replace that revenue source, its loss would harm our results of operations.

If our channel partners fail to comply with laws or standards, our business could be harmed.

We expect our channel partners to meet certain standards of conduct and to comply with applicable laws, such as global anticorruption laws. Noncompliance with such standards or laws could harm our reputation and could result in harm to our business and results of operations in the event we were to become involved in an investigation due to such noncompliance by a channel partner.

International sales and expenses represent a significant portion of our revenues and operating expenses and risks inherent in international operations could harm our business.

International sales and expenses represent a significant portion of our revenues and operating expenses, and we anticipate that international sales and operating expenses will continue to increase. In 2013, international revenues represented 57% of our total revenues. International sales and expenses are subject to certain inherent risks, which would be amplified if our international business grows as anticipated, including the following:

adverse economic conditions in international markets, such as the restricted credit environment and sovereign credit concerns in EMEA and the recent reduced government spending and elongated sales cycles we have seen in China;

information security, environmental and trade protection measures and other legal and regulatory requirements, some of which may affect our ability to import our products, to export our products from, or sell our products in various countries;

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, including the recent volatility of the U.S. dollar, and the impact of our underlying hedging programs;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and tariffs;

24


longer payment cycles;

cash repatriation restrictions;

potentially adverse tax consequences; and

the impact of instability in the Middle East or military action or other hostilities on foreign markets.

International revenues may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenues in the future as we introduce new products. These fluctuations are primarily the result of our practice of introducing new products in North America first and the additional time and costs required for product homologation and regulatory approvals of new products in international markets. To the extent we are unable to expand international sales in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business could be harmed. We may not be able to maintain or increase international market demand for our products.

Although to date, a substantial majority of our international sales have been denominated in U.S. currency, we expect that a growing number of sales will be denominated in non-U.S. currencies as more international customers request billing in their currency. We maintain local currency pricing in the European Union and the United Kingdom whereby we price and invoice our products and services in Euros and British Pounds. In addition, some of our competitors currently invoice in foreign currency, which could be a disadvantage to us in those markets where we do not. Our international operating expenses are primarily denominated in foreign currency with no offsetting revenues in those currencies except for the Euro and British Pound. As a result of these factors, we expect our business will be vulnerable to currency fluctuations, which could adversely impact our revenues and margins. We will continue to evaluate whether it is necessary to denominate sales in local currencies other than the Euro and the British Pound, depending on customer requirements.

We do not hedge for speculative purposes. As a result of our increased exposure to currency fluctuations, we typically engage in currency hedging activities to mitigate currency fluctuation exposure.  Our hedging costs can vary depending upon the size of our hedge program, whether we are purchasing or selling foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar and interest rates spreads between the U.S. and other foreign markets. As a result, interest and other income (expense), net has become less predictable and more difficult to forecast. The impact in any given quarter of our hedging programs is dependent upon a number of factors, including the actual level of foreign currency denominated revenues, the percentage of actual revenues covered by our hedge contracts, the exchange rate in our underlying hedge contracts and the actual exchange rate during the quarter. As a result of our program, we increased operating income by $3.7 million in fiscal year 2012 and by $2.3 million in fiscal year 2013. For further information on our hedging program, see the section entitled “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

We continue to look for ways to improve and streamline our infrastructure, including implementing a new integrated financial information system and other information technology and processes, and if we do not appropriately manage these implementations, our operating results may be negatively affected.

To manage our business effectively, we must continue to improve and streamline our infrastructure, including information technology and processes, financial operating and administrative systems and controls in an efficient manner.  We plan to continue to improve our information technology systems and underlying business processes, which will require significant management time, support and cost. Moreover, there are inherent risks associated with implementing new systems that may affect our ability to manage our data. If we do not successfully implement, improve or maintain these systems, our operations may be disrupted and our operating results could be harmed. In addition, these systems or their functionality may not operate as we expect them to, and we may be required to expend significant resources to correct problems or find alternative sources for performing these functions, which makes our ability to forecast and effectively control our operating expenses more challenging.  For example, as part of our effort to improve efficiencies throughout our worldwide organization, we have begun the implementation of a new integrated financial information system. This implementation is expected to be completed in two phases with the financial accounting processes being implemented in the third quarter of 2014 and the operations components in early 2015.  The successful conversion from our legacy financial systems to a new integrated financial information system entails a number of risks due to the complexity of the conversion and implementation process.  There can be no assurance that the conversion to, and the implementation of, the new financial information system will not impede our ability to receive and process orders and accurately and timely prepare, analyze and report the financial data we use in making operating decisions and which form the basis of the financial information we include in the periodic reports we file with the SEC.

We also have a Shared Services Center (“SSC”) in Beijing, China, where we perform certain accounting, order entry and other functions previously performed in regional headquarter locations, and we may expand our SSC operations in the future. Efforts to globalize these shared functions into one location may not yield the intended benefits and could result in higher turnover than planned, which could have an adverse effect on these functions during the transition. In addition, if the controls we put in place with respect to the SSC fail to operate effectively, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

25


We have limited supply sources for some key components of our products and services and for the outside development and manufacture of certain of our products, and our operations could be harmed by supply or service interruptions, component defects or unavailability of these components or products.

Some key components used in our products are currently available from only one source and others are available from only a limited number of sources, including some key integrated circuits and optical elements. Because of such limited sources for component parts, we may have little or no ability to procure these parts on favorable pricing terms. We also obtain certain components from suppliers in China, Japan, and certain Southeast Asia countries, and any political or economic instability in these regions in the future, natural disasters, disruptions associated with infectious diseases, or future import restrictions, may cause delays or an inability to obtain these supplies. Further, we have suppliers in Israel and any military action or war with other Middle Eastern countries perceived as a threat by the United States government may cause delays or an inability to obtain supplies for our UC platform products.

We have no raw material supply commitments from our suppliers and generally purchase components on a purchase order basis either directly or through our contract manufacturers. Some of the components included in our products, such as microprocessors and other integrated circuits, have been subject to limited allocations by suppliers. Component manufacturers may also announce the end of production of certain components that we require for our products necessitating the redesign and end of life purchases on our part. In addition, companies with limited or uncertain financial resources manufacture some of these components. Further, we do not always have direct control over the supply chain, as many of our component parts are procured for us by our contract manufacturers. In the event that we, or our contract manufacturers, are unable to obtain sufficient supplies of components, develop alternative sources as needed, or companies with limited financial resources go out of business, our operating results could be seriously harmed. In addition, we may incur additional costs to resolve these supply shortages, which would negatively impact our gross margins.

We have strategic relationships with third parties to develop and manufacture certain products for us. The loss of any such strategic relationship due to competitive reasons, contractual disputes, the financial instability of a strategic partner or their inability to obtain any financing necessary to adequately fund their operations, could have a negative impact on our ability to produce and sell certain products and product lines and, consequently, would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. We are also dependent upon third parties to provide our managed services for our immersive telepresence products. Any disruption in our managed services for our customers may materially adversely affect our ability to sell our immersive telepresence products and impact our relationship with the end users.

Additionally, our HDX solutions and network system products are designed based on digital signal processors and integrated circuits produced by Texas Instruments and cameras produced by JVC. If we could no longer obtain integrated circuits or cameras from these suppliers, we would incur substantial expense and take substantial time in redesigning our products to be compatible with components from other manufacturers, and we might not be successful in obtaining these components from alternative sources in a timely or cost-effective manner. The failure to obtain adequate supplies of vital components could prevent or delay product shipments, which would harm our business. We also rely on the introduction schedules of some key components in the development or launch of new products. Any delays in the availability of these key components could harm our business.

Our operating results would be seriously harmed by receipt of a significant number of defective components or components that fail to fully comply with environmental or other regulatory requirements, an increase in component prices, or our inability to obtain lower component prices in response to competitive price reductions.

If we experience manufacturing disruptions or capacity constraints or our manufacturers fail to comply with laws or standards, our business would be harmed.

We subcontract the manufacture of most of our products to Celestica, Askey, Foxconn and VTech, which are all third-party contract manufacturers. We use Celestica’s facilities in Thailand and China and Askey’s, Foxconn’s, and VTech’s facilities in China. Should there be any disruption in the ability of these third party manufacturers to conduct business for any reason, our business and results of operations would be harmed. While we have begun to develop secondary manufacturing sources for certain products, Celestica’s facilities are currently the manufacturer for substantially all of these products, and if Celestica experiences an interruption in operations, suffers from capacity constraints, or is otherwise unable to meet our current or future production requirements we would experience a delay or inability to ship our products, which would have an immediate negative impact on our revenues. Moreover, any incapacitation of any of our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing sites due to destruction, natural disaster or similar events could result in a loss of product inventory. As a result of any of the foregoing, we may not be able to meet demand for our products, which could negatively affect revenues in the quarter of the disruption or longer depending upon the magnitude of the event, and could harm our reputation. In addition, operating in the international environment exposes us to certain inherent risks, including unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and tariffs, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and potentially adverse tax consequences, all of which could harm our business and results of operations.

In addition, we expect our contractors to meet certain standards of conduct, including standards related to the environment, health and safety, general working conditions, and compliance with laws. Significant or continuing noncompliance of such standards

26


or applicable laws could harm our reputation or cause us to experience disruptions that could harm our business and results of operations. For example, the SEC has adopted rules imposing diligence and disclosure requirements around the use of “conflict minerals” in the products we have manufactured. These rules will result in additional time and cost to diligence our contractors and comply with the disclosure requirements and they may also affect the sourcing and availability of minerals we use in our products. Although we do not anticipate any material adverse effects based on these rules, we will need to ensure that our contractors comply with them.

We have outstanding borrowings under our credit facility, and may incur additional debt in the future, which may adversely affect our financial condition and future financial results.

As of December 31, 2013, we had $248.4 million in term loans outstanding under our credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). Our indebtedness could have important consequences to our business; for example, it could:

require us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments and other general corporate purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets in which we operate;

limit, along with the restrictive covenants contained in the credit agreement, our ability to borrow additional funds or to borrow funds at rates or on other terms we find acceptable;

place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that have less debt; and

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic, financial, industry or competitive conditions, including increases in interest rates.

In addition, it is possible that we may need to incur additional indebtedness in the future in the ordinary course of business. If new debt is added to current debt levels, the risks described above could intensify.  

Our credit facility contains covenants which may adversely impact our business, and the failure to comply with such covenants could cause our outstanding debt to become immediately payable.

The Credit Agreement includes a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict us and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, grant liens, make investments, incur indebtedness, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, make acquisitions, pay dividends or make distributions, repurchase stock, enter into transactions with affiliates and enter into restrictive agreements, in each case subject to customary exceptions for a credit facility of this size and type. We are also required to maintain compliance with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and a consolidated secured leverage ratio. Collectively, these covenants could constrain our ability to grow our business through acquisition or engage in other transactions. In addition, the Credit Agreement includes customary events of default that include, among other things, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, cross default to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, material judgment defaults, ERISA defaults and a change of control default. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the Credit Agreement, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and ability to conduct our business.

Changing laws and increasingly complex corporate governance and public disclosure requirements could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Changing laws, regulations and standards, including those relating to corporate governance, social/environmental responsibility, anticorruption and public disclosure and newly enacted SEC regulations, have created additional compliance requirements for us. Our efforts to comply with these requirements have resulted in an increase in expenses and a diversion of management’s time from other business activities. While we believe we are compliant with laws and regulations in jurisdictions where we do business, we must continue to monitor and assess our compliance in the future, and we must also continue to expand our compliance procedures. Any failures in these procedures in the future could result in time-consuming and costly activities, potential fines and penalties, and diversion of management time, all of which could hurt our business.

Our products and services are subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations. Compliance with current laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, new laws and regulations or new or different interpretations of existing laws and regulations could deny or delay our access to certain markets or require us to incur costs or become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

27


The telecommunications industry is regulated by the Federal Communications Commission in the United States and similar government agencies in other countries and is subject to changing political, economic, and regulatory influences. Changes in telecommunications requirements, or regulatory requirements in other industries in which we operate now or in the future, in the United States or other countries could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition, including our  managed services offering. Further, changes in the regulation of our activities, such as increased or decreased regulation affecting prices, could also have a material adverse effect upon our business and results of operations.

If we have insufficient proprietary rights or if we fail to protect those rights we have, our business could be materially impaired.

We rely on third-party license agreements and termination or impairment of these agreements may cause delays or reductions in product introductions or shipments which could harm our business.

We have licensing agreements with various suppliers for software incorporated into our products. In addition, certain of our products are developed and manufactured based largely or solely on third-party technology. These third-party software licenses and arrangements may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable or competitive terms, if at all. The termination or impairment of these licenses could result in delays or reductions in new product introductions or current product shipments until equivalent software could be developed, licensed and integrated, which could harm our business and results of operations. Further, if we are unable to obtain necessary technology licenses on commercially reasonable or competitive terms, we could be prohibited from marketing our products, forced to market products without certain features, or incur substantial costs to redesign our products, defend legal actions, or pay damages. In addition, some of our products may include “open source” software. Our ability to commercialize products or technologies incorporating open source software may be restricted because, among other factors, open source license terms may be unclear and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our product offerings.

We rely on patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets to protect our proprietary rights which may not be sufficient to protect our intellectual property.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and confidentiality procedures to protect our proprietary rights. Others may independently develop similar proprietary information and techniques or gain access to our intellectual property rights or disclose such technology. In addition, we cannot assure you that any patent or registered trademark owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged in the U.S. or foreign countries or that the rights granted thereunder will provide competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all. Furthermore, others may develop similar products, duplicate our products or design around our patents. In addition, foreign intellectual property laws may not protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity of and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources which could harm our business, and we could ultimately be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights. Further, our intellectual property protection controls across our global operations may not be adequate to fully protect us from the theft or misappropriation of our intellectual property, which could adversely harm our business.

We face litigation claims that might be costly to resolve and, if resolved adversely, may harm our operating results or financial condition.

We are a party to lawsuits in the normal course of our business. The results of, and costs associated with, complex litigation matters are difficult to predict, and the uncertainty associated with substantial unresolved lawsuits could harm our business, financial condition, and reputation. Negative developments with respect to pending lawsuits could cause our stock price to decline, and an unfavorable resolution of any particular lawsuit could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we may become involved in regulatory investigations or other governmental or private legal proceedings, which could be distracting, expensive and time consuming for us, and if public, may also cause our stock price to be negatively impacted. We expect that the number and significance of claims and legal proceedings that assert patent infringement claims or other intellectual property rights covering our products, either directly against us or against our customers, will increase as our business expands. Any claims or proceedings against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements or pay amounts to third parties pursuant to contractual indemnity provisions. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. In addition, we expect that we may face legal proceedings for matters unrelated to intellectual property.  For example, as described in the section entitled “Legal Proceedings,” a purported shareholder class action suit and shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors. Such shareholder activities or lawsuits, and any related publicity, may result in substantial costs and, among other things, divert the attention of management and our employees. An unfavorable outcome in any claim or proceeding against us could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs, and potentially in future periods. Further, any settlement announced by us may expose us to further claims against us by third parties seeking monetary or other damages which, even if unsuccessful, would divert management attention from the business and cause us to incur costs, possibly material, to defend such matters.

28


If we fail to manage our exposure to the volatility and economic uncertainty in the global financial marketplace successfully, our operating results could be adversely impacted.

We are exposed to financial risk associated with the global financial markets, which includes volatility in interest rates, uncertainty in the credit markets and instability in the foreign currency exchange market.  Our exposure to market rate risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio and our term loan debt facility.  The valuation of our investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that may impact its valuation include changes to credit ratings or quality of the securities, interest rate changes, the ongoing strength and quality of the global credit market and liquidity. All of the securities in our investment portfolio are investment-grade rated, but the instability of the credit market could impact those ratings and our decision to hold these securities, if they do not meet our minimum credit rating requirements. If we should decide to sell such securities, we may suffer losses in principal value that have significantly declined in value due to the declining credit rating of the securities and the ongoing strength and the global financial markets as a whole.  The interest rate on our term loan debt facility is based upon LIBOR and to the extent that LIBOR interest rates increase, our annual interest expense on this term loan debt will increase. With the instability in the financial markets, we could incur significant realized or other than temporary impairment losses associated with certain of our investments which would reduce our net income. We may also incur further temporary impairment charges requiring us to record additional unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive income.  For more information regarding the sensitivity of and risks associated with the market value of portfolio investments and interest rates, see the section entitled “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Delays or loss of government contracts or failure to obtain required government certifications could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We sell our products indirectly and provide services to governmental entities in accordance with certain regulated contractual arrangements. While reporting and compliance with government contracts is both our responsibility and the responsibility of our partner, a lack of reporting or compliance by us or our partners could have an impact on the sales of our products to government agencies. Further, the United States Federal government has certain certification and product requirements for products sold to them. If we are unable to meet applicable certification or other requirements within the timeframes specified by the United States Federal government, or if our competitors have certifications for competitive products for which we are not yet certified, our revenues and results of operations would be adversely impacted.

Changes in our tax rates could adversely affect our future results.

We are a U.S. based multinational company subject to tax in multiple U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future results of operations. Our future effective tax rates, which are difficult to predict, could be unfavorably affected by changes in, or interpretation of, tax rules and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we do business, by unanticipated decreases in the amount of revenue or earnings in countries with low statutory tax rates, by lapses of the availability of the U.S. research and development tax credit, which occurred for 2012 but was reinstated on January 2, 2013 as part of the "American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012."  The new law provides for an extension of the federal research credit retroactive for 2012 and extended through 2013. Further, the accounting for stock compensation expense in accordance with ASC 718 and uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 could result in more unpredictability and variability to our future effective tax rates.

We are also subject to the periodic examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities, and currently are under examination in a few foreign jurisdictions. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We may underestimate the outcome of such examinations which, if significant, would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Business interruptions could adversely affect our operations.

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, or other natural disaster, quarantines or other disruptions associated with infectious diseases, national catastrophe, terrorist activities, war, ongoing disturbances in the Middle East, an attack on Israel, disruptions in our computing and communications infrastructure due to power loss, telecommunications failure, human error, physical or electronic security breaches and computer viruses (which could leave us vulnerable to the loss of our intellectual property or the confidential information of our customers, disruption of our business activities and potential litigation), and other events beyond our control. We have a business continuity program that is based on enterprise risk assessment which addresses the impact of natural, technological, man-made and geopolitical disasters on our critical business functions. This plan helps facilitate the continuation of critical business activities in the event of a disaster but may not prove to be sufficient. In addition, our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur, and any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, given our linearity, any interruption of our business, business processes or systems late in a fiscal quarter could potentially negatively impact our financial results for such period.

29


In the case of our managed services business, any circuit failure or downtime could affect a significant portion of our customers. Since our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide customers with highly reliable service, even minor interruptions could harm our reputation, require that we incur additional expense to acquire alternative telecommunications capacity, or cause us to miss contractual obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and our business.

Our cash flow could fluctuate due to the potential difficulty of collecting our receivables and managing our inventories.

Over the past few years, we have made significant investments in EMEA and Asia to expand our business in these regions. In EMEA and Asia, as with other international regions, credit terms are typically longer than in the United States. Therefore, as Europe, Asia and other international regions grow as a percentage of our revenues, accounts receivable balances increase and our days sales outstanding decrease. Although from time to time we have been able to largely offset the effects of these influences through additional incentives offered to channel partners at the end of each quarter in the form of prepay discounts, these additional incentives have lowered our profitability. In addition, economic uncertainty or a downturn in technology spending in the United States and other countries could restrict the availability of capital, which may delay our collections from our channel partners beyond our historical experience or may cause companies to file for bankruptcy. Either a delay in collections or bankruptcy would harm our cash flow and accounts receivable day’s outstanding performance.

In addition, as we manage our business and focus on more cost effective shipment lead times for certain of our products and implement freight cost reduction programs, our inventory levels may increase, resulting in decreased inventory turns that could negatively impact our cash flow. We believe inventory turns will continue to fluctuate depending upon our ability to reduce lead times, as well as due to changes in anticipated product demand and product mix and the mix of ocean freight versus air freight.

Our stock price is volatile and fluctuates as a result of the conduct of our business and stock market.

The market price of our common stock has from time to time experienced significant fluctuations. The market price of our common stock may be significantly affected by a variety of factors, including:

statements or changes in opinions, ratings or earnings estimates made by brokerage firms or industry analysts relating to the market in which we do business, including competitors, partners, suppliers or telecommunications industry leaders or relating to us specifically;

changes in our executive team or speculation in the press or the investment community about changes;

the announcement of new products, product enhancements or acquisitions by us or by our competitors;

technological innovations by us or our competitors;

quarterly variations in our results of operations;

failure of our future operating results to meet expectations of stock market analysts or investors, which is inherently subject to greater risk and uncertainty as expectations increase, or any financial guidance we may provide to the market;

general market conditions or market conditions specific to technology industries; and

domestic and international macroeconomic factors.

We have experienced volatility in our stock price, which sometimes results in attempts by shareholders to involve themselves in the governance and strategic direction of a company above and apart from normal interactions between shareholders and management.  In addition, class action litigation is sometimes instituted following periods of volatility. Such shareholder activities or lawsuits, and any related publicity, may result in substantial costs and, among other things, divert the attention of management and our employees.

We are required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any adverse results from such evaluation could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”), we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. Such report contains, among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management. While we were able to assert in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013, we must continue to monitor and assess our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our control framework may suffer if we are unable to adapt our control framework appropriately as we continue to grow our business. If we are unable to assert in any future reporting period that our internal control over financial reporting is effective (or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls), we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would have an adverse effect on our stock price.

30


Changes in existing financial accounting standards or practices may adversely affect our results of operations.

Changes in existing accounting rules or practices, new accounting pronouncements, or varying interpretations of current accounting pronouncements could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations or result in changes to our business operations in support of such changes. Further, such changes could potentially affect our reporting of transactions completed before such changes are effective.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our properties consist primarily of leased facilities for sales, research and development, logistics, administrative, and technical support personnel. Our global headquarters are located in San Jose, California in facilities that accommodate our executive and administrative operations.

We occupy facilities in various U.S. locations, including Andover, Massachusetts; Atlanta, Georgia; Austin, Texas; Burlington, Massachusetts; Chicago, Illinois; Corvallis, Oregon; East Providence, Rhode Island; El Segundo, California; Englewood, Ohio; Herndon, Virginia; Newton, Massachusetts; New York, New York; Rosemont, Illinois; Tracy, California; Westborough, Massachusetts and Westminster, Colorado.

Outside of the U.S. we occupy facilities in Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Belgium, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Indonesia, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Poland, Russia, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, and Vietnam.  

The following table presents the approximate square footage of our facilities as of December 31, 2013:

 

Location

 

Leased Square
Footage
(Approximate)1

  

Americas

 

  

682,182

 

EMEA

 

 

155,512

 

APAC

 

 

398,811

 

Total

 

 

1,236,505

 

 

1

Leased Square Footage excludes executive suites and leased space that was restructured.

Our facilities are leased pursuant to agreements that expire beginning in 2014 and extend out to 2023. See Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are involved in claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We expect that the number and significance of these matters may increase over time. In particular, we expect to face an increasing number of patent and other intellectual property claims as the number of products and competitors in Polycom’s industry grows and the functionality of video, voice, data and web conferencing products overlap. Any claims or proceedings against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements which, if required, may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. If management believes that a loss arising from these matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we record a reserve for the loss. As additional information becomes available, any potential liability related to these matters is assessed and the estimates revised. Based on currently available information, management does not believe that the ultimate outcomes of these unresolved matters, individually and in the aggregate, are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and our view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations or liquidity for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs or becomes probable, and potentially in future periods.

31


Litigation and SEC Investigation

Following our July 23, 2013 announcement regarding the departure of our former CEO, the SEC initiated an investigation, a class action lawsuit was filed, and two derivative lawsuits were filed, all as described below.

SEC Investigation. In July 2013, the Company was informed that the SEC was investigating the Audit Committee’s review of Mr. Miller’s expenses and his resignation.  The investigation is ongoing, and the SEC has requested information from us. We are cooperating with the investigation.

Class Action Lawsuit. On July 26, 2013, a purported shareholder class action, captioned Neal v. Polycom, et al., Case No. 3:13-cv-03476-SC, was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors.  The complaint alleges that, between July 24, 2012 and July 23, 2013, the Company issued materially false and misleading statements or failed to disclose information regarding the Company’s business, operational and compliance policies, including with respect to its former Chief Executive Officer’s expense submissions and the Company’s internal controls.  The lawsuit further alleges that the Company’s financial statements were materially false and misleading.  The complaint alleges violations of the federal securities laws and seeks unspecified compensatory damages and other relief.  On December 13, 2013, the Court appointed a lead plaintiff and approved lead and liaison counsel.  Pursuant to the schedule entered by the Court, the lead plaintiff will file an amended consolidated complaint by February 24, 2014.

Derivative Lawsuits. On August 21, 2013 and October 16, 2013, two purported shareholder derivative suits,  captioned Saraceni v. Miller, et al., Case No. 5:13-cv-03880, and Donnelly v. Miller, et al., No. 5:13-cv-04810, respectively, were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors.  On October 31, 2013, these two federal derivative actions were consolidated into In re Polycom, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. 3:13-cv-03880.  Plaintiffs designated the Donnelly complaint as the operative complaint for the consolidated action.  On February 7, 2014, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the complaint.

On November 22, 2013 and December 13, 2013, two purported shareholder derivative suits, captioned Ware v. Miller, et al., Case No. 1-13-cv-256608, and Clem v. Miller, et al., Case No. 1-13-cv-257664, respectively, were filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara, against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors.  On January 31, 2014, these two California state derivative actions were consolidated into In re Polycom, Inc. Derivative Shareholder Litigation, Lead Case No. 1-13-cv-256608.    Pursuant to the schedule entered by the Court, plaintiffs will file or designate an operative complaint by March 17, 2014.

The Federal and California state consolidated derivative lawsuits purport to assert claims on behalf of the Company, which is named as a nominal defendant in the actions.  The complaints allege claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and corporate waste, and allege certain defendants failed to maintain adequate internal controls and issued, or authorized the issuance of, materially false and misleading statements, including with respect to the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer’s expense submissions and the Company’s internal controls.  The complaints further allege that certain defendants approved an unjustified separation agreement and caused the Company to repurchase its own stock at artificially inflated prices.  The complaints seek unspecified compensatory damages, corporate governance reforms, and other relief.  At this time we are unable to estimate any range of reasonably possible loss relating to the actions.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

 

 

32


PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol PLCM. The following table presents the high and low sale prices for our common stock for the periods indicated.

 

 

  

High

 

  

Low

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

First Quarter

  

$

22.34

  

  

$

15.61

  

Second Quarter

  

 

19.30

  

  

 

9.79

  

Third Quarter

  

 

12.03

  

  

 

7.45

  

Fourth Quarter

  

 

11.17

  

  

 

9.04

  

Year Ended December 31, 2013:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

First Quarter

  

$

11.94

  

  

$

9.00

  

Second Quarter

  

 

11.85

  

  

 

9.80

  

Third Quarter

  

 

11.72

  

  

 

9.36

  

Fourth Quarter

  

 

11.30

  

  

 

10.29

  

Year Ending December 31, 2014:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

First Quarter (through February 13, 2014)

  

$

12.98

  

  

$

11.08

  

On February 13, 2014, the last reported sale price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $12.87 per share. As of December 31, 2013, there were approximately 960 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock and do not anticipate, at this time, paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the near future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in our business, future acquisitions or future purchases of our common stock.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no unregistered sales of equity securities in fiscal 2013.

Share Repurchases

The following table provides a month-to-month summary of the stock repurchase activity based upon settlement date during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2013:

 

Period

  

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased(1)(2)

 

  

Average
Price Paid per
Share(1)(2)

 

  

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced  Plan(2)

 

  

Approximate
Dollar Value of Shares
that May Yet be
Purchased
Under the Plan(2)

 

10/1/13 to 10/31/13

  

 

1,292

  

  

$

10.77

 

  

  

 

 

  

$

400,000,000

  

11/1/13 to 11/30/13

  

 

27,492,478

  

  

$

10.40

 

  

  

 

27,446,794

 

  

$

114,553,000

  

12/1/13 to 12/31/13

  

 

7,959,307

  

  

 

(2

)

  

  

 

7,955,094

  

  

$

 

Total

  

 

35,453,077

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

 

35,401,888

  

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 51,189 shares repurchased in October through December 2013 to satisfy tax withholding obligations as a result of the vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units.

(2)

In September 2013, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of $400.0 million, or approximately 20 percent of our outstanding common stock (“Return of Capital Program”), through a $250.0 million modified “Dutch Auction” self-tender offer (the “Tender Offer”) and subsequent privately negotiated transactions. We funded the program with $150.0 million in cash and a new $250.0 million Term Loan. The $400.0 million share repurchase authorization superseded any other

33


remaining outstanding share repurchase authorization as of the commencement of the Tender Offer. The Tender Offer expired on October 30, 2013. Based upon the final results of the Tender Offer, we accepted for purchase approximately 27.4 million shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $10.40 per share, for an aggregate cost of $285.4 million, excluding fees and expenses related to the Tender Offer.

In December 2013, we entered into separate accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) agreements with two financial institutions to repurchase an aggregate of $114.6 million of common stock as part of the concluding phase of our $400.0 million Return of Capital Program announced in September 2013. Under the terms of the ASR agreements, we paid an aggregate $114.6 million of cash and received an initial delivery of approximately 8.0 million shares on December 5, 2013 (included in the above table).The final number of shares to be repurchased will be based on the Company’s volume-weighted average stock price less an agreed upon discount during the term of the transactions.  The share repurchase authorization remaining at December 31, 2013 was zero. The transactions are expected to be completed by June 30, 2014 or earlier at the option of the counterparties, or later under certain circumstances. See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Stock Performance Graph

The performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

The stock price performance graph depicted below reflects a five-year comparison of the cumulative total shareholder return (change in stock price plus reinvestment dividends) on Polycom common stock with the cumulative total returns of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Morgan Stanley High Technology Index. The performance graph covers the period from December 31, 2008 through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2008, in the Company’s common stock or in each of indexes and that all dividends were reinvested. No cash dividends have been declared on Polycom common stock.

logo

The stock price performance shown on the graph is not indicative of future price performance. Information used in the graph was obtained from a third party investment research firm, a source believed to be reliable, but the Company is not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.

 

34


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto and with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

  

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

  

$

991,110

  

 

$

1,042,484

  

 

$

1,138,050

  

 

$

937,184

  

 

$

724,457

  

Service revenues

  

 

377,279

  

 

 

350,144

  

 

 

264,139

  

 

 

181,688

  

 

 

148,460

  

Total revenues

  

 

1,368,389

  

 

 

1,392,628

  

 

 

1,402,189

  

 

 

1,118,872

  

 

 

872,917

  

Cost of revenues

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of product revenues

  

 

422,429

  

 

 

426,369

  

 

 

439,995

  

 

 

353,273

  

 

 

291,341

  

Cost of service revenues

  

 

153,189

  

 

 

142,827

  

 

 

103,930

  

 

 

85,317

  

 

 

66,439

  

Total cost of revenues

  

 

575,618

  

 

 

569,196

  

 

 

543,925

  

 

 

438,590

  

 

 

357,780

  

Gross profit

  

 

792,771

  

 

 

823,432

  

 

 

858,264

  

 

 

680,282

  

 

 

515,137

  

Operating expenses

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

  

 

435,047

  

 

 

464,353

  

 

 

428,829

  

 

 

371,488

  

 

 

269,872

  

Research and development

  

 

216,032

  

 

 

208,510

  

 

 

190,322

  

 

 

137,965

  

 

 

106,451

  

General and administrative

  

 

96,602

  

 

 

98,285

  

 

 

81,661

  

 

 

73,379

  

 

 

52,493

  

Transaction-related costs

  

 

3,424

  

 

 

14,064

  

 

 

9,688

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of purchased intangibles

  

 

10,389

  

 

 

9,830

  

 

 

5,542

  

 

 

1,400

  

 

 

1,474

  

Restructuring costs

  

 

48,470

  

 

 

22,024

  

 

 

9,396

  

 

 

8,139

  

 

 

15,935

  

Litigation reserves and payments

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,235

  

 

 

700

  

Total operating expenses

  

 

809,964

  

 

 

817,066

  

 

 

725,438

  

 

 

593,606

  

 

 

446,925

  

Operating income (loss)

  

 

(17,193

)  

 

 

6,366

  

 

 

132,826

  

 

 

86,676

  

 

 

68,212

  

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

  

 

(3,217

)  

 

 

(751

)  

 

 

(544

)  

 

 

(825

)  

 

 

(595

)  

Other income (expense)

  

 

(1,794

)  

 

 

(3,117

)  

 

 

(1,128

)  

 

 

(7,037

)  

 

 

(1,415

)  

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

(5,011

 

 

(3,868

 

 

(1,672

 

 

(7,862

 

 

(2,010

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

  

 

(22,204

)  

 

 

2,498

  

 

 

131,154

  

 

 

78,814

  

 

 

66,202

  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  

 

(3,669

)  

 

 

39,467

  

 

 

6,224

  

 

 

12,685

  

 

 

14,679

  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  

 

(18,535

 

 

(36,969

 

 

124,930

  

 

 

66,129

  

 

 

51,523

  

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operations,
net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

9,888

  

 

 

9,906

  

 

 

1,754

  

 

 

(1,644

Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

459

  

 

 

35,425

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  

$

(18,076

)  

 

$

8,344

  

 

$

134,836

  

 

$

67,883

  

 

$

49,879

  

Basic net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.11

 

$

(0.21

 

$

0.71

  

 

$

0.39

  

 

$

0.31

  

Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations,
net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.06

  

 

 

0.06

  

 

 

0.01

  

 

 

(0.01

Gain per share from sale of discontinued operations,
net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.20

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

  

$

(0.11

)  

 

$

0.05

  

 

$

0.76

  

 

$

0.40

  

 

$

0.30

  

Diluted net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.11

 

$

(0.21

 

$

0.69

  

 

$

0.37

  

 

$

0.30

  

Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations,
net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.06

  

 

 

0.05

  

 

 

0.01

  

 

 

(0.01

Gain per share from sale of discontinued operations,
net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.20

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

  

$

(0.11

 

$

0.05

  

 

$

0.74

  

 

$

0.38

  

 

$

0.29

  

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic net income per share

  

 

167,272

  

 

 

176,878

  

 

 

176,426

  

 

 

170,662

  

 

 

167,999

  

Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted net
income per share

  

 

167,272

  

 

 

176,878

  

 

 

181,195

  

 

 

176,370

  

 

 

171,118

  

 

Note as a result of the net loss from continuing operations for 2013 and 2012, all potentially issuable common shares have been excluded from the diluted shares used in the computation of earnings per share for those periods as their effect was anti-dilutive.

35


 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

  

2011

 

  

2010

 

  

2009

 

 

  

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  

$

527,313

  

  

$

674,269

  

  

$

534,667

  

  

$

494,142

  

  

$

454,584

  

Working capital

  

 

514,835

  

  

 

714,650

  

  

 

631,746

  

  

 

550,876

  

  

 

462,490

  

Total assets

  

 

1,749,030

  

  

 

1,912,436

  

  

 

1,843,301

  

  

 

1,546,879

  

  

 

1,385,901

  

Debt

 

 

248,438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term obligations

  

 

143,884

  

  

 

128,974

  

  

 

113,531

  

  

 

86,598

  

  

 

88,460

  

Total stockholders’ equity

  

 

976,365

  

  

 

1,427,774

  

  

 

1,368,612

  

  

 

1,174,444

  

  

 

1,053,853

  

 

Note that our consolidated statements of operations data include the results of businesses acquired from their acquisition dates, with the most recent acquisition in March 2013. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

The tax provision and net income for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 have been revised from previously issued financial statements to correct an error. The adjustments resulted in changes to working capital, total assets, and total stockholder’s equity at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, but had no impact on income before provision for income taxes. These adjustments were not considered material to previously issued financial statements. However, because of the significance of these adjustments to the current period, we have revised the prior periods contained herein. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

YOU SHOULD READ THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS IN CONJUNCTION WITH OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND RELATED NOTES. EXCEPT FOR HISTORICAL INFORMATION, THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. WHEN USED IN THIS REPORT, THE WORDS “MAY,” “BELIEVE,” “COULD,” “ANTICIPATE,” “WOULD,” “MIGHT,” “PLAN,” “EXPECT,” “WILL,” “INTEND,” “POTENTIAL,” “OBJECTIVE,” “STRATEGY,” “GOAL,” “SHOULD,” “VISION,” “DESIGNED,” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS OR THE NEGATIVE OF THESE TERMS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, INCLUDING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, STATEMENTS REGARDING OUR ANTICIPATED PRODUCTS, CUSTOMER AND GEOGRAPHIC REVENUE LEVELS AND MIX, GROSS MARGINS, OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES AND OUR CHANNEL INVENTORY LEVELS, INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THOSE PROJECTED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE FUTURE RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN “RISK FACTORS” IN THIS DOCUMENT, AS WELL AS OTHER INFORMATION FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K.

Overview

We are a global leader in open, standards-based unified communications and collaboration (“UC&C”) solutions for voice, video and content collaboration solutions. Our solutions are powered by the Polycom® RealPresence® Platform, comprehensive software infrastructure and rich application programming interfaces (“APIs”) that interoperate with a broad set of communication, business, mobile, and cloud applications and devices to deliver secure face-to-face video collaboration across different environments. With Polycom® RealPresence® collaboration solutions, from infrastructure to endpoints for all environments, people all over the world can collaborate face-to-face without being in the same physical location. Individuals and teams can connect, communicate, and collaborate through a high-definition visual experience from their desktops, meeting rooms, classrooms, home offices, mobile devices, web browsers, and specialized solutions such as video carts for healthcare applications. By removing the barriers of distance and time, connecting experts to where they are needed most, and creating greater trust and understanding through visual connection, we enable people to make better decisions faster and to increase their productivity while saving time and money and being environmentally responsible.

We sell our solutions globally through a high-touch sales model that leverages our broad network of channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, system integrators, leading communications services providers, and retailers. We manufacture our products through an outsourced model optimized for quality, reliability, and fulfillment agility.

36


We believe important drivers for the adoption of collaboration solutions include:

·

UC&C solutions, including voice and video offerings, as a preferred method of communication,

·

increasing presence of video on desktop and laptop devices,

·

growth of video-capable mobile devices (including tablets and smartphones),

·

growth of Microsoft Lync in the corporate environment and the resulting impact on sales of Polycom’s Lync-compactible voice and video devices,

·

expansion of business applications with integrated web-based video and content collaboration,

·

virtualization and the move to private, public, and hybrid clouds,

·

adoption of UC&C by small and medium businesses,

·

growth of the number of teleworkers globally,

·

new pricing models and options for video delivery, including subscription-based software pricing and as-a-service offerings,

·

emergence of Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) programs in businesses of all sizes, across all regions,

·

demand for UC&C solutions for business-to-business and business-to-consumer communications and the move of consumer applications into the business space, and

·

continued commitment by organizations and individuals to reduce their carbon footprint and expenses by choosing video collaboration over travel.

We believe we are uniquely positioned as the UC&C ecosystem partner of choice through our strategic partnerships, support of open standards, innovative technology, multiple delivery modes and customer-centric go-to-market capabilities.

Total revenues for 2013 were $1.4 billion, a decrease of $24.2 million, or 2%, from 2012. On a year-over-year basis, our total product revenues declined while service revenues increased in all of our segments. The overall decrease in product revenues was primarily a result of lower sales of our UC group systems and UC platform products, partially offset by an increase in product revenues from UC personal devices products. The increase in service revenues was driven primarily by increased maintenance revenues on a larger installed base and increased maintenance service renewals year-over-year.

From a segment perspective, our Americas, EMEA, and APAC segment revenues accounted for 50%, 25%, and 25%, respectively, of our revenues in 2013. Our EMEA and APAC segment revenues decreased by 2% and 6%, respectively, while our Americas segment revenues increased by 1% in 2013 as compared to 2012. On a year-over-year basis, product revenues declined and service revenues increased across all our segments. See Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our segments, including a summary of our segment revenues, segment contribution margins, and segment gross accounts receivable. The discussion of results of operations at the consolidated level is also followed by a discussion of results of operations by segment for the year ended December 31, 2013.  

We believe the decline in revenues in 2013 was due to several factors, including a company and industry transition from point products to solution selling which resulted in some customers requiring additional time to consider a more comprehensive UC&C strategy versus point product or end point only deployments; slower public sector spending in North America; lower revenues in our EMEA segment impacted by economic conditions in Europe; and continuing slowdown of government spending and softer demand in other key geographies such as China and India. Further, our product revenues have decreased year-over-year since the first quarter of 2012, driven by lower UC group systems products, primarily group video products, and lower UC platform products, primarily in our Americas segment. We expect this trend to continue at least in the near term.  

Operating margins decreased by 1 percentage point in 2013 as compared to 2012. The decrease in operating margin is primarily driven by a decrease in gross margin as a percentage of revenue, while operating expenses as a percentage of revenue remained relatively flat year-over-year.  Gross margin decreased by 1 percentage point year-over-year, primarily as a result of lower revenues and changes in product mix toward lower margin UC personal devices products in 2013 as compared to 2012. Operating expenses decreased slightly in absolute dollars year-over-year, primarily due to decreased headcount-related costs and lower transaction-related costs being largely offset by higher restructuring charges.  

During 2013, we generated approximately $168.4 million in cash flow from operating activities which, after the impact of cash received from a term loan, cash payments for share repurchases, and other financing and investing activities described in further detail under “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” resulted in a $84.4 million net decrease in our total cash and cash equivalents.

37


Results of Operations for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth, as a percentage of total revenues (unless indicated otherwise), consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated.

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Revenues

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

  

 

72

 

 

75

 

 

81

Service revenues

  

 

28

 

 

25

 

 

19

Total revenues

  

 

100

 

 

100

 

 

100

Cost of revenues

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of product revenues as % of product revenues

  

 

43

 

 

41

 

 

39

Cost of service revenues as % of service revenues

  

 

41

 

 

41

 

 

39

Total cost of revenues

  

 

42

 

 

41

 

 

39

Gross profit

  

 

58

 

 

59

 

 

61

Operating expenses

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

  

 

32

 

 

33

 

 

30

Research and development

  

 

16

 

 

15

 

 

14

General and administrative

  

 

7

 

 

7

 

 

6

Transaction-related costs

  

 

— 

 

 

1

 

 

1

Amortization of purchased intangibles

  

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

— 

Restructuring costs

  

 

3

 

 

2

 

 

1

Total operating expenses

  

 

59

 

 

59

 

 

52

Operating income (loss)

  

 

(1

)% 

 

 

— 

 

 

9

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

  

 

— 

 

 

— 

 

 

— 

Other income (expense)

  

 

— 

 

 

— 

 

 

— 

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

— 

 

 

— 

 

 

— 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

  

 

(1

)% 

 

 

— 

 

 

9

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  

 

— 

 

 

3

 

 

— 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  

 

(1

)% 

 

 

(3

)% 

 

 

9

Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

— 

 

 

1

 

 

1

Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

— 

 

 

3

 

 

— 

Net income (loss)

  

 

(1

)% 

 

 

1

 

 

10

Revenues

We manage our business primarily on a geographic basis, organized into three geographic segments. Our net revenues, which include product and service revenues, for each segment are summarized in the following table:

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase
(Decrease) From
Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Americas

  

$

694,522

  

 

$

689,099

  

 

$

693,288

  

 

 

1

 

 

(1

)% 

% of revenues

  

 

50

 

 

49

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMEA

  

 

338,035

  

 

 

345,723

  

 

 

347,703

  

 

 

(2

)% 

 

 

(1

)% 

% of revenues

  

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APAC

  

 

335,832

  

 

 

357,806

  

 

 

361,198

  

 

 

(6

)% 

 

 

(1

)% 

% of revenues

  

 

25

 

 

26

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

  

$

1,368,389

  

 

$

1,392,628

  

 

$

1,402,189

  

 

 

(2

)% 

 

 

(1

)% 

Total revenues for 2013 were $1.4 billion, a decrease of $24.2 million, or 2%, from 2012. The overall decrease in revenues in 2013 from 2012 was due to decreases in product revenues of $51.4 million, or 5%, partially offset by increases in service revenues of $27.1 million, or 8%, in 2013 as compared to 2012. Product revenues decreased in 2013 primarily as a result of decreases in revenues from UC group systems and, to a lesser extent, decreases in UC platform revenues, partially offset by increased product revenues from UC personal devices. The increase in service revenues were primarily due to increased maintenance revenues on larger installed base and increased maintenance service renewals year-over-year.

38


From a segment perspective, our EMEA and APAC segment revenues decreased by $7.7 million, or 2%, and $22.0 million, or 6%, respectively, and our Americas segment revenues increased by $5.4 million, or 1%, in 2013 as compared with 2012. The overall decrease in revenues in 2013 was driven primarily by decreased revenues across many of our key geographic markets, including India, China, Germany, the Nordic countries, and Russia, partially offset by increases in the United States, Japan, the United Kingdom, and Australia. Product revenues decreased and service revenues increased across all segments in 2013 as compared to 2012.    

Total revenues for 2012 were $1.4 billion, a decrease of $9.6 million, or 1%, from 2011. The overall decrease in revenues in 2012 from 2011 was due to decreases in product revenues of $95.6 million, or 8%, largely offset by increases in service revenues of $86.0 million, or 33%, in 2012 as compared with 2011. Product revenues decreased in 2012 primarily as a result of decreases in revenues from UC group systems, and, to a lesser extent, decreases in UC platform revenues, partially offset by increased product revenues from UC personal devices. The increases in service revenues were primarily due to increased maintenance revenues on a larger installed base and increased managed service revenues as a result of the HPVC business acquisition that we completed in the third quarter of 2011. Total revenues decreased across all segments in 2012 as compared to 2011. Our Americas, EMEA, and APAC segment revenues decreased by $4.2 million, $2.0 million, and $3.4 million, respectively, in 2012 as compared to 2011, a sequential decline of 1% year-over-year in each segment. The overall decrease was driven by decreased revenues across many of our key geographic markets, including the United States, Australia, Brazil, the Nordic countries, the Middle East/Africa and Turkey, India, Japan, and China. Overall, product revenues decreased and service revenues increased across all segments in 2012 as compared to 2011.    

Cisco has informed us that it will end of life, and will therefore no longer resell, the IP conference phones they purchase from us. In 2013, we generated approximately $42.6 million in revenues from this relationship. We expect the remaining revenues from Cisco to be less than $5.0 million in 2014. We have been planning for the transition and are working to evolve the features and functionality of our VoIP conference phone portfolio to be interoperable in a Cisco environment.  

In 2013, 2012, and 2011, one channel partner, ScanSource Communications, accounted for 16%, 14%, and 14%, respectively, of our total revenues. We believe it is unlikely that the loss of any of our channel partners would have a long-term material adverse effect on our consolidated revenues or segment revenues as we believe end-users would likely purchase our products from a different channel partner. However, a loss of any one of these channel partners could have a material adverse impact during the transition period.

In addition to the primary view on a geographic basis, we also track revenues by groups of similar products and services for various purposes. The following table presents revenues for groups of similar products and services:

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

  

Increase
(Decrease) From
Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

  

2011

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

UC group systems

  

$

904,923

  

  

$

956,153

  

  

$

971,753

  

  

 

(5

)%

 

 

(2

)% 

UC personal devices

  

 

219,103

  

  

 

180,939

  

  

 

175,673

  

  

 

21

 

 

3

%  

UC platform

  

 

244,363

  

  

 

255,536

  

  

 

254,763

  

  

 

(4

)% 

 

 

— 

Total revenues

  

$

1,368,389

  

  

$

1,392,628

  

  

$

1,402,189

  

  

 

(2

)%

 

 

(1

)% 

UC group systems include all immersive telepresence, group video and group voice systems products and the related service elements. The decrease in UC group systems revenue of $51.2 million, or 5%, in 2013 from 2012 was primarily driven by decreased sales of our group video systems and immersive telepresence products and related services in all our geographic segments and, to a lesser extent, by decreased sales of our group voice systems products and related services in our EMEA and APAC segments, partially offset by increased sales of our group voice systems products and related services in our Americas segment. The decrease in UC group systems revenue of $15.6 million, or 2%, in 2012 from 2011 was primarily driven by decreased sales of our group video systems products and related services in all our geographic segments and, to a lesser extent, by decreased sales of our group voice systems products and related services in our Americas and EMEA segments. Those decreases were partially offset by increased sales of our immersive telepresence products and related services across all segments and, to a lesser extent, by increased sales of group voice systems products and related services in our APAC segment.  

UC personal devices include desktop video devices and desktop voice products and the related service elements. The increase in UC personal devices revenue of $38.2 million, or 21%, in 2013 from 2012 was primarily due to increased sales of our desktop voice products and related services in all our segments, partially offset by decreased sales of our desktop video products and related services in all our segments. Overall, the increase in UC personal devices revenues was due in part to increased demand for our Microsoft® Lync® interoperable solutions and the continued adoption of VoIP technologies. The increase in UC personal devices revenue of $5.3 million, or 3%, in 2012 from 2011 was primarily due to increased sales of our desktop voice products and related services in our Americas and EMEA segments, partially offset by decreased revenues from desktop video products and related services in all geographic segments and, to a lesser extent, decreased revenues from desktop voice products and related services in our APAC segment.

39


UC platform includes our RealPresence platform hardware and software products and the related service elements. The decrease in UC platform revenue of $11.2 million, or 4%, in 2013 from 2012 was primarily driven by decreased sales of our UC platform products and related services in our Americas and APAC segments, partially offset by increased revenues in our EMEA segment. UC platform revenues remained relatively flat in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to increases in revenues from our Americas and APAC segments being largely offset by decreased revenues from our EMEA segment.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase
(Decrease) From
Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Product cost of revenues

  

$

422,429

  

 

$

426,369

  

 

$

439,995

  

 

 

(1

)% 

 

 

(3

)% 

% of product revenues

  

 

43

 

 

41

 

 

39

 

 

2

 pts 

 

 

2

 pts 

Product gross margins

  

 

57

 

 

59

 

 

61

 

 

(2

) pts 

 

 

(2

) pts 

Service cost of revenues

  

$

153,189

  

 

$

142,827

  

 

$

103,930

  

 

 

7

 

 

37

% of service revenues

  

 

41

 

 

41

 

 

39

 

 

— 

  

 

 

2

 pts 

Service gross margins

  

 

59

 

 

59

 

 

61

 

 

— 

  

 

 

(2

) pts 

Total cost of revenues

  

$

575,618

  

 

$

569,196

  

 

$

543,925

  

 

 

1

 

 

5

% of total revenues

  

 

42

 

 

41

 

 

39

 

 

1

 pt 

 

 

2

 pts 

Total gross margin

  

 

58

 

 

59

 

 

61

 

 

(1

) pt 

 

 

(2

) pts 

Cost of Product Revenues and Product Gross Margins

Cost of product revenues consists primarily of contract manufacturer costs, including material and direct labor, our manufacturing organization, tooling depreciation, warranty expense, freight, royalty payments, amortization of certain intangible assets, stock-based compensation costs, and an allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities and IT costs. Cost of product revenues and product gross margins included charges for stock-based compensation of $2.9 million, $3.6 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Cost of product revenues at the segment level consists of the standard cost of product revenues and does not include items such as warranty expense, royalties, and the allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities and IT costs.

 

Overall, product gross margins decreased by 2 percentage points in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to lower than expected product sales and changes in product mix. Our UC Platform and UC Group Systems products typically have a higher gross margin than our UC Personal products, and overall product gross margins will fluctuate depending upon the product mix in any given period or geography. Product gross margin decreased across all of our segments in 2013 as compared to 2012, with the Americas having the largest decline due to the greater mix of UC Personal products compared to our EMEA and APAC segments. Product gross margins also decreased in 2013 as compared to 2012 as a result of increased amortization of purchased intangibles, which were partially offset by decreases in warranty expense and royalties. We also incurred higher costs in 2013 than in 2012 associated with increased excess and obsolete inventories as a result of product transitions.  

Overall, product gross margins decreased by 2 percentage points in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to lower than expected product sales and increased amortization of purchased intangibles and royalties, partially offset by lower warranty expense. From a segment perspective, product gross margins decreased in our Americas and APAC segments and increased in our EMEA segment in 2012 as compared to 2011.

Our inventory turns were 5.8 turns at December 31, 2013 as compared to 5.7 turns at December 31, 2012. Inventory turns decreased from 6.4 turns at December 31, 2011 to 5.7 turns at December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of higher inventory levels in 2012 as compared to 2011 due to an increase in UC group product inventories related to our new product introductions. Inventory turns in the future may fluctuate depending on our ability to reduce lead times, as well as changes in product mix and a mix of ocean freight versus air freight. Our inventory turns may also decrease in the future as a result of the flexibility required to respond to customer demands.

Cost of Service Revenues and Service Gross Margins

Cost of service revenues consists primarily of material and direct labor, including stock-based compensation costs, depreciation, and an allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities and IT costs. The majority of our service revenues are related to maintenance agreements on new product sales, the renewal of existing maintenance agreements, and managed services offerings. Cost of service revenues and service gross margins included charges for stock-based compensation of $5.9 million, $6.6 million, and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

40


Overall, service gross margins remained relatively flat in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to increased service revenues being substantially offset by increased cost of services. Service revenues increased by 8% in 2013 from 2012, primarily due to increased maintenance service revenues on a larger installed base and increased maintenance service renewals. The increase in direct spending costs was a result of increased headcount-related costs, as well as IT and facilities allocations, partially offset by decreased managed network costs. Our service organization headcount increased by 6% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. Service gross margins as a percentage of service revenue decreased in our Americas segment and increased in our EMEA and APAC segments in 2013 as compared to 2012.

Overall, service gross margins decreased by 2 percentage points in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to the lower margin managed services business we acquired as part of the HPVC acquisition in 2011. Direct spending costs increased primarily as a result of increased headcount-related costs, including stock-based compensation costs, as well as IT and facilities allocations as a result of a 21% increase in services organization headcount from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012. Service gross margins as a percentage of service revenue decreased in our EMEA and APAC segments, but were up in the Americas segment in 2012 as compared to 2011.

Total Cost of Revenues and Total Gross Margins

Overall, total gross margins as a percentage of revenue decreased by 1 percentage point in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to decreases in product gross margins, as discussed under Cost of Product Revenues and Product Gross Margins. Total gross margins as a percentage of revenue decreased by 2 percentage points in 2012 as compared to 2011, due to decreases in both product and service gross margins, as discussed under Cost of Product Revenues and Product Gross Margins and Cost of Services Revenues and Service Gross Margins.

We expect gross margins to remain relatively flat in the near term as compared to 2013. Forecasting future gross margin percentages is difficult, and there are a number of risks related to our ability to maintain or improve our current gross margin levels. Our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenue can vary significantly based upon a number of factors such as the following: uncertainties surrounding revenue levels, including future pricing and/or potential discounts as a result of the economy or in response to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar in our international markets, and related production level variances; competition; the extent to which new services sales accompany our product sales, as well as maintenance renewal rates; changes in technology; changes in product mix; variability of stock-based compensation costs; the potential of royalties to third parties; utilization of our professional services personnel as we develop our professional services practice and as we make investments to expand our professional services offerings; increasing costs for freight and repair costs; our ability to achieve greater efficiencies in the installations of our immersive telepresence products; manufacturing efficiencies of subcontractors; manufacturing and purchase price variances; warranty and recall costs and the timing of sales. In addition, we may experience higher prices on commodity components that are included in our products. In order to control expenses in any given quarter, we have taken actions to reduce costs such as imposing travel restrictions, postponing salary increases, requesting employees to use paid time off or implementing other cost control measures. Such actions may not be able to be implemented in a timely manner or may not be successful in completely offsetting the impact of lower-than-anticipated revenues.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
From Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Expenses

  

$

435,047

  

 

$

464,353

  

 

$

428,829

  

 

 

(6

)% 

 

 

8

% of Total Revenues

  

 

32

 

 

33

 

 

30

 

 

(1

) pt  

 

 

3

pts  

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and commissions for our sales force, including stock-based compensation costs, advertising and promotional expenses, product marketing expenses, and an allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities and IT costs. Sales and marketing expenses, except for direct sales and marketing expenses, are not allocated to our segments. Sales and marketing expenses included charges for stock-based compensation of $26.6 million, $36.8 million, and $27.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased by 1 percentage point and decreased in absolute dollars by $29.3 million, or 6%, in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to decreased headcount-related costs, including compensation and commission expenses, headcount-based allocations and stock-based compensation, and decreased marketing programs spending, partially offset by increased outside services costs. Sales and marketing headcount decreased by 7% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 in order to better align costs with revenues.

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue increased by 3 percentage points and increased in absolute dollars by $35.5 million, or 8%, in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to increased headcount-related costs, including compensation and

41


commission expenses, stock-based compensation, and headcount-based allocations. Other factors contributing to the increase include consulting and outside services related to our rebranding and product launches, as well as increased telemarketing expenses. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in training expenses.

We expect our sales and marketing expenses to decrease in absolute dollars in the near term. Expenses will fluctuate depending on revenue levels achieved, as certain expenses, such as commissions, are determined based on revenues achieved. Forecasting sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue is highly dependent on expected revenue levels and could vary significantly depending on actual revenues achieved in any given quarter. Marketing expenses will also fluctuate depending upon the timing and extent of marketing programs as we market new products. Sales and marketing expenses may also fluctuate due to increased international expenses and the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In order to control expenses in any given quarter, we have taken actions to reduce costs such as imposing travel restrictions, postponing salary increases, requesting employees to use paid time off or implementing other cost control measures. Such actions may not be able to be implemented in a timely manner or may not be successful in completely offsetting the impact of lower than anticipated revenues.

Research and Development Expenses

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase From Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Expenses

  

$

216,032

  

 

$

208,510

  

 

$

190,322

  

 

 

4

 

 

10

% of Total Revenues

  

 

16

 

 

15

 

 

14

 

 

1

pt  

 

 

1

 pt 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of compensation costs, including stock-based compensation costs, outside services, expensed materials, depreciation and an allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities and IT costs. Research and development costs are not allocated to our segments. Research and development expenses included charges for stock-based compensation of $15.6 million, $20.2 million, and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue increased by 1 percentage point and increased in absolute dollars by $7.5 million, or 4% in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to increased headcount-related costs, including compensation expenses and headcount-based allocations, partially offset by decreased outside services costs and stock-based compensation, and decreased material expenses due to less hardware development activities in 2013. Research and development headcount increased by 11% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. Additionally, in 2013, we capitalized approximately $2.4 million of development costs for internally developed software products to be marketed or sold to customers, including direct labor and related overhead costs, as well as stock-based compensation costs. There were no such costs capitalized prior to 2013 as the software development costs qualifying for capitalization were not significant. We expect that the amount of capitalized software development costs will fluctuate depending upon the nature and timing of software development activities in any given period. See Notes 1 and 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on software development costs.  

Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue increased by 1 percentage point and increased in absolute dollars by $18.2 million, or 10%, in 2012 as compared to 2011. The increase in absolute dollars was primarily due to increased compensation expenses, outside services, and development expenses in support of our key strategic initiatives. Research and development headcount increased by 3% from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012. Depreciation and overhead allocations also increased in 2012 from 2011 as a result of increased headcount and capital investments in support of our development projects.

We believe that innovation and technological leadership is critical to our future success, and we are committed to continuing a significant level of research and development to develop new technologies and products to combat competitive pressures. We are also investing in research and development as a result of business opportunities with strategic partners, and mobile and service provider customers. We expect that research and development expenses in absolute dollars will remain relatively flat in the near term but will fluctuate depending on the timing and number of development activities in any given quarter. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue is highly dependent on expected revenue levels and could vary significantly depending on actual revenues achieved in any given quarter. In order to control expenses in any given quarter, we have from time to time taken actions to reduce costs such as imposing travel restrictions, postponing salary increases, requesting employees to use paid time off or implementing other cost control measures. Such actions may not be able to be implemented in a timely manner or may not be successful in completely offsetting the impact of lower than anticipated revenues.

42


General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
From Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Expenses

  

$

96,602

  

 

$

98,285

  

 

$

81,661

  

 

 

(2

)% 

 

 

20

% of Total Revenues

  

 

7

 

 

7

 

 

6

 

 

— 

  

 

 

1

pt  

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation costs, including stock-based compensation costs, professional service fees, allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities and IT costs, and litigation costs and bad debt expense. General and administrative expenses are not allocated to our segments. General and administrative expenses included charges for stock-based compensation of $13.5 million, $21.6 million, and $15.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue remained relatively flat and decreased in absolute dollars by $1.7 million, or 2%, in 2013 as compared to 2012. The decrease in absolute dollars is primarily due to decreased stock-based compensation charges and lower bad debt expense, partially offset by increases in other headcount-related costs, including compensation costs and headcount-based allocations, and increased outside services, including increased legal and insurance costs.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased by 1 percentage point and increased in absolute dollars by $16.6 million, or 20%, in 2012 as compared to 2011. The increase in absolute dollars was primarily due to increased compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, increased legal costs and bad debt expense, as well headcount-based allocations as a result of increased headcount and our headquarters building. General and administrative headcount increased by 14% from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

Significant future charges due to costs associated with litigation or uncollectability of our receivables could increase our general and administrative expenses and negatively affect our profitability in the quarter in which they are recorded. Additionally, predicting the timing of litigation and bad debt expense associated with uncollectible receivables is difficult. The increase in international revenues has resulted in longer credit terms and increased credit risk, which could result in an increased level of bad debt expense in the future. Future general and administrative expense increases or decreases in absolute dollars are difficult to predict due to the lack of visibility of certain costs, including legal costs associated with defending claims against us and current and former officers and directors, as well as legal costs associated with asserting and enforcing our intellectual property portfolio and other factors.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will remain relatively flat in absolute dollar amounts in the near term, but could fluctuate depending on the level and timing of additional investments required to support strategic initiatives. In order to control expenses in any given quarter, we have taken actions to reduce costs such as imposing travel restrictions, postponing salary increases, requesting employees to use paid time off or implementing other cost control measures. Such actions may not be able to be implemented in a timely manner or may not be successful in completely offsetting the impact of lower than anticipated revenues.

Transaction-related Costs

We expense all acquisition and other transaction related costs as incurred. These costs generally include fees for outside legal and accounting services and other integration services. In addition, we incurred costs related to planning and executing the divestiture of our enterprise wireless solutions business (the “EWS”) that was announced in May 2012 and closed in December 2012. We expect to continue to spend resources to identify and acquire businesses in the future.

During 2013, we recorded $3.4 million of transaction-related costs. During 2012, we recorded $14.1 million of transaction-related costs, primarily associated with planning and executing the divestiture of our EWS business, including legal costs associated with enforcing the terms of the agreements. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. The decrease in transaction-related costs in 2013 from 2012 was primarily due to legal and administrative expenses incurred in planning and executing the divestiture of our EWS business in 2012. During 2011, we recorded $9.7 million of transaction-related costs. These costs were primarily related to our acquisition of Accordent, HPVC, and ViVu, all of which closed in 2011. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Amortization of Purchased Intangibles

In 2013, 2012, and 2011, we recorded $10.4 million, $9.8 million, and $5.5 million, respectively, in operating expenses for amortization of purchased intangibles acquired in our acquisitions. In addition to the amounts recorded as operating expenses in 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded amortization expenses totaling $9.4 million, $7.6 million, and $5.7 million, respectively, related to certain technology intangibles in cost of product revenues. The sequential increases year-over-year from 2011 to 2013 were primarily due to the amortization of purchased intangibles acquired from Sentri in the first quarter of 2013, from Accordent in the first quarter of 2011,

43


from HPVC in the third quarter of 2011, and from ViVu in the fourth quarter of 2011. Purchased intangible assets are being amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives, which range from several months to six years. In 2013, as a result of a change in estimate, we shortened the useful lives of certain intangible assets acquired, resulting in higher amortization expenses in 2013.  

We evaluate our purchased intangibles for possible impairment on an ongoing basis. When impairment indicators exist, we perform an assessment to determine if the intangible asset has been impaired and to what extent. The assessment of purchased intangibles impairment is conducted by first estimating the undiscounted future cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the purchased intangibles and comparing this amount with the carrying value of these assets. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amounts, impairment exists, and future cash flows are discounted at an appropriate rate and compared to the carrying amounts of the purchased intangibles to determine the amount of the impairment. No impairment charges were recognized for any of the periods presented.

Restructuring Costs

In 2013, 2012, and 2011, we recorded $48.5 million, $22.0 million, and $9.4 million, respectively, related to restructuring actions which resulted from the consolidation of certain facilities and the elimination or relocation of various positions as part of restructuring plans approved by management. These actions are generally intended to streamline and focus our efforts and more properly align our cost structure with our projected future revenue streams.

In 2013, we completed the consolidation and elimination of certain facilities globally and the elimination of four percent of our global workforce. These actions were approved by management in August 2013. As a result, we recorded approximately $35.4 million (net of $2.8 million of deferred rent) in restructuring charges related to idle facilities upon vacating these facilities and $10.2 million of charges for severance and other one-time employee benefits for the individuals impacted. In addition, we recorded $2.9 million of other charges associated with changes to our product roadmap as we focus on products and solutions with greater revenue and margin potential.

In 2012, we completed the consolidation and elimination of certain facilities in order to gain efficiencies, including the combination of our headquarters in San Jose and Santa Clara, California into one new location in San Jose, California. As a result, we recorded approximately $8.9 million (net of $2.8 million of deferred rent) in restructuring charges related to idle facilities upon vacating these facilities in the second quarter of 2012. In addition, we recorded approximately $13.1 million of charges, primarily for severance and other employee benefits, related to restructuring actions approved by management in October 2011 and July 2012. The action plan approved in July 2012 resulted in the elimination of approximately four percent of our global workforce, enabling us to focus resources on our product development and product launch initiatives.

In 2011, we completed the consolidation of our Colorado facilities and began the transition of certain engineering and product management and related support functions in our Andover, Massachusetts facility to other locations in order to achieve efficiencies. Restructuring charges relating to these actions primarily included costs for idle facilities and, to a lesser extent, severance and relocation costs for impacted individuals. Additionally, in October 2011, we committed to a restructuring plan designed to better align and allocate resources to more strategic growth areas of the business. These actions were primarily related to the reorganization of our global go-to-market and other organizations. The restructuring plan resulted in the elimination of approximately seven percent of our global workforce with the majority of the reductions taking effect in the fourth quarter of 2011 and first quarter of 2012, enabling the creation of new positions that better aligned with our strategic initiatives. In 2011, we recorded approximately $8.7 million of restructuring charges related to severance and other employee benefits and $0.7 million related to idle facilities.

See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on restructuring costs.

We currently expect to record additional restructuring charges of between $32.0 million and $36.0 million through the third quarter of 2014, primarily related to actions to reduce or eliminate certain facilities and the elimination of approximately six percent of our global workforce in order to better align expenses to our revenue and gross margin profile and position the company for improved operating performance. In the future, we may take additional restructuring actions to gain operating efficiencies or reduce our operating expenses, while simultaneously implementing additional cost containment measures and expense control programs. Such restructuring actions are subject to significant risks, including delays in implementing expense control programs or workforce reductions and the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of employees or a decrease in employee morale, all of which would impair our ability to achieve anticipated cost reductions. If we do not achieve the anticipated cost reductions, our business could be harmed.

44


Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

 

  

Years Ended December 31

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Interest expense

  

$

(3,217

 

$

(751

 

$

(544

Other income (expense)

  

 

(1,794

 

 

(3,117

 

 

(1,128

)  

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

(5,011

 

 

(3,868

)  

 

 

(1,672

Interest expense consists primarily of imputed interest related to certain long term obligations and interest on our borrowings under the Credit Agreement entered into in September 2013. Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents, and investments less bank charges resulting from the use of our bank accounts, realized gains and losses on investments and fixed asset disposals, non-income based taxes and fees, and foreign exchange related gains and losses.

Interest expense was $3.2 million, $0.8 million, and $0.5 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The increase in interest expense year-over-year was primarily due to higher imputed interest expense associated with certain long term obligations and interest expense on borrowings under the Credit Agreement. We expect interest expense to increase in 2014 as a result of a full year of interest expense on our borrowings under the Credit Agreement.

Other income (expense) was a net expense of $1.8 million, $3.1 million, and $1.1 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The decrease in net other expense in 2013 from 2012 was primarily due to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in non-income based taxes and fees, partially offset by increased losses on fixed asset disposals. Foreign exchange related gains and losses were essentially flat year-over-year. The increase in net other expense in 2012 from 2011 was primarily due to higher non-income related taxes and fees, as well as foreign exchange related gains and losses, partially offset by an increase in interest income. Other income (expense) will fluctuate due to changes in interest rates and returns on our cash and investments, any future impairment of investments, foreign currency rate fluctuations on un-hedged exposures, fluctuations in costs associated with our hedging program and timing of non-income related taxes and license fees and fixed asset disposals. The cash balance could also decrease depending upon the amount of cash used in any future acquisitions, our stock repurchase activity and other factors, which would also impact our interest income.

Provision for Income Taxes from Continuing Operations

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations

  

$

(3,669

)  

 

$

39,467

  

 

$

6,224

  

Effective tax rate

  

 

16.5

 

 

1,579.9

 

 

4.7

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate, primarily due to the tax impact of state taxes, foreign operations in lower tax jurisdictions, R&D tax credits, domestic manufacturing deductions, non-deductible stock based compensation, changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions, and intercompany sales of intellectual property. In addition, our 2012 effective tax rate includes the impact of $38.8 million in federal and state taxes recorded on $103.3 million related to the tax consequences of a global restructuring project designed to accommodate the trend toward more software and virtual based solutions versus our traditional hardware distribution model. Our effective tax rate was 16.5%, 1,579.9%, and 4.7% in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $1.3 million in tax effected net operating loss carryforwards, $1.2 million in tax effected capital loss carryforwards and $16.5 million in tax effected credit carryforwards. All of the net operating loss carryforwards and $0.1 million in credits relate to acquisitions and, as a result, are limited in the amount that can be recognized in any one year. The capital and net operating loss carryforward assets and tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2015. Included in the net deferred tax asset balance is a $3.4 million valuation allowance, $2.9 million of which relates to research credits in a jurisdiction with a history of credits in excess of taxable profits, and $0.5 million of which relates to foreign tax credit carryforwards. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

 

We provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless they are considered permanently invested outside of the U.S. At December 31, 2013, the cumulative amount of earnings upon which U.S. income tax has not been provided is approximately $304.4 million. It is not practicable to determine the income tax liability that might be incurred if these earnings were to be repatriated to the U.S.

 

In 2013, we recorded reserve reductions of $2.4 million, all of which were due to the expiration of statutes of limitation in both the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. In 2012, we recorded reserve reductions of $10.0 million, $0.8 million of which was paid in settlement of a multi-year state tax audit, and $5.7 million of which was due to a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits for research credits from acquired companies. The expiration of statutes of limitation in both the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions also resulted in reserve releases of $3.5 million.

45


 

In 2011, we recorded reserve releases of $8.1 million, $6.9 million of which was due to the resolution of multi-year tax audits. The expiration of statutes of limitation in both the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions resulted in reserve releases of $0.8 million and $0.4 million in reduction in reserves was due to changes in foreign exchange rates.

  

As of December 31, 2013, we have $22.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits compared to $23.0 million at December 31, 2012. By the end of 2014, uncertain tax positions may be reduced as a result of a lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations. We anticipate that the reduction would approximate $0.9 million. The reserve releases would be recorded as adjustments to tax expense in the period released.

 

We recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of both December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had approximately $1.5 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

 

Our future effective income tax rate depends on various factors, such as changes in tax legislation, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof, the geographic composition of our pre-tax income, non-tax deductible expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions, amounts of tax-exempt interest income and research and development credits as a percentage of aggregate pre-tax income, final resolution of the tax impact from the exercise of incentive stock options and the issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies. For example, on January 2, 2013, the “American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012” was signed into law. It provided for an extension of the federal research credit retroactive for 2012 and extended through 2013. The impact of the 2012 federal research credit of $2.3 million was recorded in the first quarter of 2013. We believe that our future effective tax rate may be more volatile as a result of these factors.

 

We are also subject to the periodic examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our net income and financial condition, possibly materially.

Discontinued Operations

On December 4, 2012, we completed the disposition of the net assets of our EWS business to Mobile Devices Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation. We received cash consideration of approximately $50.7 million, resulting in a gain on sale of the discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $35.4 million, as reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012. In 2013, we recorded an additional gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes, of approximately $0.5 million as a result of a net working capital adjustment in accordance with the purchase agreement. Additional cash consideration of up to $57.0 million is payable over the next four years subject to certain conditions, including meeting certain agreed-upon EBITDA-based milestones. Such additional cash consideration will be accounted for as a gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes, when it is realized or realizable. We have reported the results of operations of EWS as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our discontinued operations.

The decision to divest the EWS business reflects our focus on initiatives that extend our leadership in our core unified communications business. The products and services that comprise our core unified communications business have historically experienced stronger sales growth and higher gross margins than our EWS products and services. Our EWS product portfolio, which was previously included in our UC personal devices product category, includes Wi-Fi and DECT handsets and related infrastructure and accessories, which were primarily sold in our Americas and EMEA segments.

Summarized results from discontinued operations were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

  

2011

 

Revenues

  

$

 

  

$

71,133

  

  

$

93,609

  

Income from discontinued operations

  

 

 

  

 

15,973

  

  

 

16,066

  

Income tax provision

  

 

 

  

 

6,085

  

  

 

6,160

  

Net income from discontinued operations

  

$

 

  

$

9,888

  

  

$

9,906

  

Revenues from discontinued operations for 2012 were $71.1 million, a decrease of $22.5 million, or 24%, from 2011. The decrease was primarily due to the 2012 revenues including only a period of 11 months through the closure of the EWS sale transaction as compared to the 12-month period for 2011. Wireless revenues were down in 2012 as compared to 2011 in the Americas and EMEA segments. Wireless revenues in our APAC segment were not significant. Net income from discontinued operations was essentially flat in 2012 as compared to 2011as we continued to reduce spending in our wireless business as a result of a smaller revenue base in our wireless products.

46


Segment Information

Our business is organized around four major geographic theatres: North America, Caribbean and Latin America (“CALA”), Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and Asia Pacific (“APAC”). For reporting purposes, we aggregate North America and CALA into one segment named Americas and report EMEA and APAC as separate segments. The segments are determined in accordance with how management views and evaluates its business and allocates its resources, and based on the criteria as outlined in the authoritative guidance.

A description of our products and services, as well as annual financial data, for each segment can be found in the Business section of this Form 10-K and Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Future changes to our organizational structure or business may result in changes to the reportable segments disclosed. The discussions below include the results of each of our segments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. Segment contribution margin includes all segment revenues less the related cost of sales and direct marketing and sales expenses. Management allocates some infrastructure costs, such as facilities and IT costs, in determining segment contribution margin. Contribution margin is used, in part, to evaluate the performance of, and to allocate resources to, each of the segments. Certain operating expenses are not allocated to segments because they are separately managed at the corporate level. These unallocated costs include corporate manufacturing costs, sales and marketing costs other than direct sales and marketing, stock-based compensation costs, research and development costs, general and administrative costs, such as legal and accounting costs, acquisition-related integration costs, amortization of purchased intangible assets, restructuring costs, and interest and other income (expense), net. Effective January 1, 2013, the Company began to allocate certain service costs previously reported within the Americas segment into both the EMEA and APAC segments in order to more appropriately align costs among the segments with the associated revenues. As such, all prior periods reported were also reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

The following is a summary of the financial information for each of our segments for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

  

Americas

 

 

EMEA

 

 

APAC

 

 

Total

 

2013:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

  

$

694,522

  

 

$

338,035

  

 

$

335,832

  

 

$

1,368,389

  

% of total revenue

  

 

50

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

100

Contribution margin

  

 

270,786

  

 

 

142,686

  

 

 

136,462

  

 

 

549,934

  

% of segment revenue

  

 

39

 

 

42

 

 

41

 

 

40

2012:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

  

$

689,099

  

 

$

345,723

  

 

$

357,806

  

 

$

1,392,628

  

% of total revenue

  

 

49

 

 

25

 

 

26

 

 

100

Contribution margin

  

 

281,229

  

 

 

138,886

  

 

 

147,699

  

 

 

567,814

  

% of segment revenue

  

 

41

 

 

40

 

 

41

 

 

41

2011:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

  

$

693,288

  

 

$

347,703

  

 

$

361,198

  

 

$

1,402,189

  

% of total revenue

  

 

49

 

 

25

 

 

26

 

 

100

Contribution margin

  

 

280,259

  

 

 

141,421

  

 

 

175,242

  

 

 

596,922

  

% of segment revenue

  

 

40

 

 

41

 

 

49

 

 

43

Americas

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
From Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Revenues

  

$

694,522

  

 

$

689,099

  

 

$

693,288

  

 

 

1

 

 

(1

)% 

Contribution margin

  

$

270,786

  

 

$

281,229

  

 

$

280,259

  

 

 

(4

)% 

 

 

 

Contribution margin as % of Americas revenues

  

 

39

 

 

41

 

 

40

 

 

(2

) pts

 

 

1

pt 

Our Americas segment revenues increased by 1% in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to increased revenues in the United States and Brazil, partially offset by decreased revenues in Mexico and Canada. The increase in revenues was driven by increases in our UC personal devices, largely offset by decreases in our UC group systems and UC platform revenues. Increases in UC personal devices revenues were primarily driven by increased desktop voice sales as a result of Lync voice deployments and continued adoption of VoIP, partially offset by decreased desktop video revenues. Decreases in UC group systems revenues were primarily driven by decreased group video revenues and immersive telepresence revenues, partially offset by increased group voice revenues. Decreases in UC platform revenues in the Americas were primarily as a result of lower sales of our RealPresence products and services, which were negatively impacted by lower public sector spending in North America.

47


Our Americas segment revenues decreased by 1% in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to decreased revenues in the United States and Brazil, partially offset by increased revenues in Canada and Mexico. The decrease was driven by decreases in revenues from our UC group systems, partially offset by increases in UC personal devices and UC platform revenues. Decreases in UC group systems revenues were primarily driven by decreased group voice and group video revenues, which were partially offset by increased immersive telepresence revenues as a result of the 2011 HPVC acquisition. Increases in UC personal devices revenues were primarily driven by increased desktop voice sales resulting from continued adoption of VoIP, partially offset by decreased desktop video revenues. UC platform revenue growth in 2012 was as a result of increased sales of our RealPresence products and services.

In 2013, 2012, and 2011, one channel partner in our Americas segment accounted for 32%, 27%, and 27%, respectively, of our Americas net revenues. We believe it is unlikely that the loss of any of our channel partners would have a long term material adverse effect on our segment net revenues, as we believe end-users would likely purchase our products from a different channel partner. However, a loss of any one of these channel partners could have a material adverse impact during the transition period.

Contribution margin as a percentage of America’s segment revenue decreased by 2 percentage points in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to lower gross margins being partially offset by a decrease in direct sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue. The decrease in gross margins was primarily due to lower product gross margins driven by a product mix shift toward lower margin UC personal devices, as well as lower service gross margins primarily as a result of the Sentri acquisition. Direct sales and marketing expenses decreased both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, primarily due to decreased compensation costs, including commission expenses, and lower headcount-based allocations, as well as decreased marketing programs spending.  

Contribution margin as a percentage of America’s segment revenues increased by 1 percentage point in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to slightly higher gross margins partially offset by slightly increased direct sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue. The increase in gross margins was primarily due to the increased service gross margins. The increase in direct sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to increased compensation costs in 2012 as compared to 2011.

EMEA

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
From Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Revenues

  

$

338,035

  

 

$

345,723

  

 

$

347,703

  

 

 

(2

)% 

 

 

(1

)% 

Contribution margin

  

 

142,685

  

 

 

138,886

  

 

$

141,421

  

 

 

3

 

 

(2

)% 

Contribution margin as % of EMEA revenues

  

 

42

 

 

40

 

 

41

 

 

2

pts 

 

 

(1

) pt 

Our EMEA segment revenues decreased by 2% in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to lower sales of UC group systems products and related services, partially offset by increased sales of UC personal devices and UC platform products and related services. The decrease in UC group systems revenues in EMEA was primarily due to decreased group video and immersive telepresence revenues and, to a lesser extent, decreased group voice revenues. Increases in UC personal devices revenues were primarily driven by increased desktop voice sales as a result of Lync voice deployments, partially offset by decreases in desktop video sales. Decreases in UC platform revenues were as a result of lower sales of our RealPresence products and services. Revenues were down in Germany, the Nordic countries, and Russia, partially offset by increases in the United Kingdom and Turkey. The overall decline in EMEA segment revenues was primarily driven by the challenging macro-economic environment in the region.

Our EMEA segment revenues decreased by 1% in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to lower sales of UC platform products and related services and UC personal devices products and related services, partially offset by increased sales of UC group systems products and related services. UC platform revenues decreased as a result of lower sales of our RealPresence products and services. UC personal devices revenues decreased primarily due to decreases in desktop video revenues, partially offset by an increase in desktop voice revenues. UC group systems revenues increased primarily due to increased immersive telepresence revenues as a result of the HPVC acquisition in 2011, partially offset by lower group video and group voice revenues. Revenues were down in the Nordic countries, the Middle East and Turkey, Eastern Europe, and Spain, partially offset by increases in Benelux and Germany.

In 2013, 2012 and 2011, one channel partner in our EMEA segment accounted for 12%, 11%, and 11% of our EMEA net revenues, respectively. We believe it is unlikely that the loss of any of our channel partners would have a long term material adverse effect on our segment net revenues, as we believe end-users would likely purchase our products from a different channel partner. However, a loss of any one of these channel partners could have a material adverse impact during the transition period.

Contribution margins as a percentage of EMEA segment revenue increased by 2 percentage points in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to increases in gross margins and decreases in direct sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of segment revenue in 2013 as compared to 2012. The increase in gross margins was driven primarily by higher service gross margins as a result of increased productivity, partially offset by lower product gross margins due to a product mix shift. Direct sales and marketing expenses decreased as a percentage of segment revenue, as well as in absolute dollars, primarily due to decreased compensation costs, including commission expenses, and lower facilities and IT allocations.      

48


Contribution margin as a percentage of EMEA segment revenue decreased by 1 percentage point in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to slightly decreased gross margins while the direct sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of segment revenue were relatively flat in 2012 as compared to 2011. The decrease in gross margins was primarily driven by lower service gross margins.

APAC

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
From Prior Year

 

$ in thousands

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Revenues

  

$

335,832

  

 

$

357,806

  

 

$

361,198

  

 

 

(6

)% 

 

 

(1

)% 

Contribution margin

  

$

136,462

  

 

$

147,699

  

 

$

175,242

  

 

 

(8

)% 

 

 

(16

)% 

Contribution margin as % of APAC revenue

  

 

41

 

 

41

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

(8

) pts 

Our APAC segment revenues decreased by 6% in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily driven by decreased revenues from UC group systems and, to a lesser extent, from UC platform products and related services, partially offset by increased revenues from UC personal devices products and the related services. On a year-over-year basis, decreases in UC group systems revenues in APAC were primarily driven by decreased group video revenues and, to a lesser extent, decreased immersive telepresence and group voice revenues. Decreases in UC platform revenues were as a result of decreased sales of our RealPresence products and services. Increases in UC personal devices revenues were primarily driven by increased desktop voice sales as a result of Lync voice deployments, partially offset by decreases in desktop video revenues. Revenues decreased year-over-year in India and China, partially offset by increased revenues in Japan and Australia. The overall decline in our APAC segment revenues was primarily due to softer demand and a challenging macro-economic environment in the region.  

Our APAC segment revenues decreased by 1% in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to decreased UC group systems and UC personal devices revenues, partially offset by increased UC platform revenues. Decreases in UC group systems revenues in APAC were primarily driven by decreased group video revenues, partially offset by increases in group voice revenues and immersive telepresence revenues as a result of the 2011 HPVC acquisition. Decreases in UC personal devices revenues were primarily driven by decreases in desktop video revenues and, to a lesser extent, desktop voice revenues. Increases in UC platform revenues were as a result of increased sales of our RealPresence platform products and services. Revenues decreased in Australia, India, Japan, and China, partially offset by an increase in Korea. The decline in our APAC segment revenues was primarily due to reduced government spending and elongated sales cycles.

In 2013, 2012, and 2011, two channel partners in our APAC segment, in aggregate, accounted for 28%, 33%, and 33%, respectively, of our APAC net revenues. We believe it is unlikely that the loss of any of our channel partners would have a long term material adverse effect on our segment net revenues, as we believe end-users would likely purchase our products from a different channel partner. However, a loss of any one of these channel partners could have a material adverse impact during the transition period.

Contribution margin as a percentage of APAC segment revenue remained relative flat in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to slightly lower gross margins while direct sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue were essentially flat, which resulted in less than 1 percentage point change in contribution margin. The decrease in gross margins was driven primarily by lower product gross margins due to lower product revenues, as well as a product mix shift toward lower margin UC personal devices, partially offset by higher service gross margins. Direct sales and marketing expenses were essentially flat as a percentage of revenue, despite decreasing in absolute dollars, primarily driven by lower total revenues.

Contribution margin as a percentage of APAC segment revenue decreased by 8 percentage points in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to lower gross margins and higher direct sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue. The decrease in gross margins was due to decreases in service gross margins and, to a lesser extent, in product gross margins driven primarily by a product mix shift and increased discounting. Direct sales and marketing expenses increased both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, primarily due to increased headcount-related expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity included cash and cash equivalents of $392.6 million, short-term investments of $134.7 million and long-term investments of $56.4 million. The majority of our short-term and long-term investments are comprised of U.S. government and agency securities and corporate debt securities. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our short-term and long-term investments. We also have outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $7.3 million, which are in place to satisfy certain of our facility lease requirements, as well as other legal, tax, and insurance obligations.

49


Our total cash and cash equivalents and investments held in the United States totaled $167.1 million as of December 31, 2013, and the remaining $416.6 million was held by various foreign subsidiaries outside of the United States. If we would need to access our cash and cash equivalents and investments held outside of the United States in order to fund acquisitions, share repurchases, or our working capital needs, we may be subject to additional U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and foreign withholding taxes.

In September 2013, we entered into a Credit Agreement which provides for a $250.0 million term loan (the “Term Loan”) that matures on September 13, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”). The Term Loan bears interest at our option under either a base rate formula or a LIBOR-based formula, each as set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments of principal equal to approximately $1.6 million which began on December 31, 2013, with the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan being due and payable on the Maturity Date. The Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, and we are also required to maintain compliance with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and a consolidated secured leverage ratio. We entered into the Credit Agreement in conjunction with and for the purposes of funding any purchase of our common stock, up to $250.0 million in value, pursuant to the share repurchase authorization announced in September 2013. We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2013. See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

We generated cash from operating activities totaling $168.4 million in 2013, $189.4 million in 2012, and $302.3 million in 2011. The decrease in cash provided from operating activities in 2013 from 2012 was due primarily to the net loss in 2013 compared to net income in 2012, as adjusted for non-cash income and expenses and a decrease in taxes payable, partially offset by increases in accounts payables and other accrued liabilities and deferred revenue, as well as decreases in other prepaid expenses. The decrease in cash provided from operating activities in 2012 from 2011 was due primarily to lower net income, as adjusted for non-cash income and expenses, increased inventory, a decrease in accounts payable, and a smaller increase in other accrued liabilities and deferred revenue. Partially offsetting these negative effects were decreases in accounts receivable.

The total net change in cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2013 was a decrease of $84.4 million. The primary uses of cash during this period were $515.0 million for share repurchases (including fees and expenses associated with stock repurchase programs), $55.2 million for purchases of property and equipment and capitalized software development costs, and $8.0 million of cash payments made for an acquisition. The primary sources of cash were $247.3 million from the Term Loan (net of debt issuance costs), $168.4 million from operating activities, $54.7 million of net sales and maturities of investments, and $23.3 million of cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options and purchases under the employee stock purchase plan.

Our days-sales-outstanding (“DSO”) metric was 48 days and 50 days at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in DSO is primarily due to improved cash collections during the year. DSO could vary as a result of a number of factors such as fluctuations in revenue linearity, a change in the mix of international receivables, and increases in receivables from service providers and government entities which also have customarily longer payment terms. DSO could also be negatively impacted if our partners experience difficulty in financing purchases, which results in delays in payment to us.

Inventory turns were 5.8 turns at December 31, 2013 as compared to 5.7 turns at December 31, 2012. We believe inventory turns in the future may fluctuate depending on our ability to reduce lead times, as well as changes in product mix and a mix of ocean freight versus air freight. Our inventory turns may also decrease in the future as a result of the flexibility required to respond to customer demands.

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts, which typically mature in one month, to hedge our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations of foreign currency-denominated receivables, payables, and cash balances. We record on the balance sheet at each reporting period the fair value of our foreign currency forward contracts and record any fair value adjustments in results of operations. Gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on contracts are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net, offsetting transaction gains and losses on the related assets and liabilities. Additionally, our hedging costs can vary depending on the size of our hedging program, on whether we are purchasing or selling foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar and on interest rate spreads between the U.S. and other foreign markets.

Additionally, we also have a hedging program that uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of anticipated revenues and operating expenses denominated in the Euro and British Pound, as well as operating expenses denominated in the Chinese Yuan and Israeli Shekel. At each reporting period, we record the fair value of our unrealized forward contracts on the balance sheet with related unrealized gains and losses as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate element of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the foreign currency forward contracts are recorded within revenue or operating expense, depending upon the underlying exposure being hedged. Any excluded and ineffective portions of a hedging instrument would be recorded in interest and other income (expense), net.

From time to time, the Board of Directors has approved plans for us to purchase shares of our common stock in the open market. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, we purchased approximately 45.2 million, 5.1 million, and 2.0

50


million shares, respectively, of our common stock for cash of $502.3 million, $55.0 million, and $40.0 million, respectively. In September 2013, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of $400.0 million, or approximately 20 percent of our outstanding common stock (“Return of Capital Program”), through a $250.0 million modified “Dutch Auction” self-tender offer (the “Tender Offer”) and subsequent open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. We funded the program with $150.0 million in cash and a $250.0 million Term Loan. The $400.0 million share repurchase authorization superseded any other remaining outstanding share repurchase authorization as of the commencement of the Tender Offer. The Tender Offer commenced on September 13, 2013, as subsequently amended, and expired on October 30, 2013. The Company accepted for payment an aggregate of 27.4 million shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $10.40 per share, for an aggregate cost of approximately $285.4 million, excluding fees and expenses relating to the Tender Offer. On December 4, 2013, we announced plans to repurchase an aggregate of $114.6 million of common stock through an accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) program and entered into separate ASR agreements with two financial institutions. The announcement represented the concluding phase of our $400.0 million Return of Capital program. Under the terms of the ASR agreements, we paid an aggregate $114.6 million of cash and took an initial delivery of approximately 8.0 million shares on December 5, 2013. The final number of shares to be repurchased will be based on the Company’s volume-weighted average stock price less an agreed upon discount during the term of the transactions. The transactions are expected to be completed by June 30, 2014 or earlier at the option of the counterparties, or later under certain circumstances. See Note 13 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

At December 31, 2013, we had open purchase orders related to our contract manufacturers and other contractual obligations of approximately $113.5 million primarily related to inventory purchases. We also currently have commitments that consist of obligations under our operating leases. In the event that we decide to cease using a facility and seek to sublease such facility or terminate a lease obligation through a lease buyout or other means, we may incur a material cash outflow at the time of such transaction, which will negatively impact our operating results and overall cash flows. In addition, if facilities rental rates decrease or if it takes longer than expected to sublease these facilities, we could incur a significant further charge to operations and our operating and overall cash flows could be negatively impacted in the period that these changes or events occur.

These purchase commitments and lease obligations are reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements once goods or services have been received or at such time when we are obligated to make payments related to these goods, services or leases. In addition, our banks have issued letters of credit totaling approximately $7.3 million, which are used to secure the leases on some of our offices, as well as other legal, tax, and insurance obligations. The table set forth below shows, as of December 31, 2013, the future minimum lease payments due under our current lease obligations. There is no sublease income netted in the amounts below, as the amounts are not material. In addition to these minimum lease payments, we are contractually obligated under the majority of our operating leases to pay certain operating expenses during the term of the lease such as maintenance, taxes and insurance. Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

Minimum
Lease
Payments

 

  

Projected
Annual
Operating Costs

 

  

Other Long-
Term Liabilities

 

  

Purchase
Commitments

 

  


Debt

 

  

Interest
Payments 
(1)

 

  


Total

 

Year ending December 31,

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014

  

$

32,637

  

  

$

4,763

  

  

$

 

  

 $

113,515

  

  

$

6,250

  

  

$

5,161

  

  

$

162,326

  

2015

  

 

27,294

  

  

 

3,784

  

  

 

7,307

  

  

 

  

  

 

6,250

  

  

 

6,101

  

  

 

50,736

  

2016

  

 

20,125

  

  

 

2,819

  

  

 

5,488

  

  

 

  

  

 

6,250

  

  

 

8,450

  

  

 

43,132

  

2017

  

 

17,701

  

  

 

2,478

  

  

 

4,818

  

  

 

  

  

 

6,250

  

  

 

10,614

  

  

 

41,861

  

2018

  

 

15,592

  

  

 

2,032

  

  

 

4,411

  

  

 

  

  

 

223,438

  

  

 

8,438

  

  

 

253,911

  

Thereafter

  

 

48,839

  

  

 

5,519

  

  

 

21,825

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

76,183

  

Total payments

  

$

162,188

  

  

$

21,395

  

  

$

43,849

  

  

$

113,515

  

  

 $

248,438

  

  

$

38,764

  

  

$

628,149

  

 

(1)

The estimated future interest payments are calculated based on the assumptions that (a) there are no other principal repayments beyond the required quarterly principal amortization and (b) the borrowings are made under LIBOR tranches and bear interest at forecasted LIBOR rates as of December 31, 2013 plus a spread of 1.75%.

As of December 31, 2013, we have $22.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits compared to $23.0 million at December 31, 2012. By the end of 2014, uncertain tax positions may be reduced as a result of a lapse in the applicable statutes of limitations. We anticipate that the reduction would approximate $0.9 million. The reserve releases would be recorded as adjustments to tax expense in the period released.

We believe that our available cash, cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to meet our operating expenses and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, we may require or desire additional funds to support our operating expenses and capital requirements or for other purposes, such as acquisitions, and may seek to raise such additional funds through public or private equity financing, debt financing or from other sources. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available at all or that, if available, such financing will be obtainable on terms favorable to us and would not be dilutive. Our future liquidity and cash requirements will depend on numerous factors, including the introduction of new products and potential acquisitions of related businesses or technology.

51


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2013, we did not have any off-balance-sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We review the accounting policies used in reporting our financial results on a regular basis. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our process used to develop estimates, including those related to product returns, accounts receivable, inventories, investments, intangible assets, income taxes, warranty obligations, stock compensation costs, restructuring, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates due to actual outcomes being different from those on which we based our assumptions. These estimates and judgments are reviewed by management on an ongoing basis and by the Audit Committee at the end of each quarter prior to the public release of our financial results. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of our accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have transferred, product payment is not contingent upon performance of installation or service obligations, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. In instances where final acceptance of the product or service is specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. We generally recognize service revenues ratably over the service periods of one to five years or upon the completion of installation or professional services.

Most of our products are integrated with software that is essential to the functionality of the equipment. Additionally, we provide unspecified software upgrades and enhancements related to most of these products through maintenance contracts.

When a sale involves multiple deliverables, such as sales of products that include services, the multiple deliverables are evaluated to determine the unit of accounting, and the entire fee from the arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. When applying the relative selling price method, we determine the selling price for each deliverable using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if it exists, or third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exist for a deliverable, we use our best estimate of selling price for that deliverable. Revenue allocated to each element is then recognized when the other revenue recognition criteria are met for each element.

Sales Returns, Channel Partner Programs and Incentives

We record estimated reductions to revenues for channel partner programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. If market conditions were to decline or competition were to increase further, we may take future actions to increase channel partner incentive offerings, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenues at the time the incentive is offered. We accrue for co-op marketing funds as a marketing expense if we receive an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues. Our contracts generally do not provide for a right of return on any of our products. However, a limited number of contracts contain stock rotation rights. We record an estimate of future returns based upon these contractual rights and our historical returns experience.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We review our allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly by assessing individual accounts receivable over a specific aging and amount, and all other balances on a pooled basis based on historical collection experience. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required. Delinquent account balances are written off after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

52


Warranty

We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. Our warranty obligation is affected by estimated product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from our estimates, revision of the estimated warranty liability would be required.

Excess and Obsolete Inventory

We record write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated fair value based upon assumptions about future product life-cycles, product demand and market conditions. If actual product life cycles, product demand and market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. At the point of the loss recognition, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration of or increase in that newly established cost basis.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Our stock-based compensation programs consist of grants of share-based awards to employees and non-employee directors, including stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares, as well as our employee stock purchase plan. We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. The estimated fair value of these awards, including the effect of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The fair values of stock option awards and shares purchased under the employee stock purchase plan are estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of performance shares is based on the market price of our stock on the date of grant and assumes that the performance criteria will be met and the target payout level will be achieved. Compensation cost is adjusted for subsequent changes in the probable outcome of performance-related conditions until the award vests. The fair value of a performance share with a market condition is estimated on the date of award, using a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the total return ranking of our stock among the NASDAQ Composite Index companies over each performance period. Changes in the underlying factors and assumptions utilized may result in significant variability in the stock-based compensation costs we record, which makes such amounts difficult to accurately predict.

Deferred and Refundable Taxes  

We estimate our actual current tax expense together with our temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting purposes. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance against these tax assets. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance in a period, we must include and expense the allowance within the tax provision in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2013, we have $88.3 million in net deferred tax assets. Included in the net deferred tax asset balance is a $3.4 million valuation allowance, $2.9 million of which was recorded related to research credits in a jurisdiction with a history of credits in excess of taxable profits and $0.5 million of which relates to foreign tax credit carryforwards.

We recognize and measure benefits for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. Our evaluations are based upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues. Changes in the recognition or measurement of uncertain tax positions could result in material increases or decreases in our income tax expense in the period in which we make the change, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and operating results.

Fair Value

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As the basis for considering such assumptions, a three-tier value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted

53


prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require us to develop our own assumptions. This hierarchy requires us to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, including our marketable securities and foreign currency contracts.

Our cash and investment instruments are classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using inputs such as quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The types of instruments valued based on quoted market prices in active markets include money market funds. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

The types of instruments valued based on other observable inputs include U.S. Treasury securities and other government agencies, corporate bonds and commercial paper. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

As of December 31, 2013, our fixed income available-for-sale securities include U.S. Treasury obligations and other government agency instruments, corporate bonds, commercial paper, non-U.S. government securities and money market funds. Included in available-for-sale securities are cash equivalents, which consist of investments with original maturities of three months or less and include money market funds.

The principal market where we execute our foreign currency contracts is the retail market in an over-the-counter environment with a relatively high level of price transparency. The market participants and our counterparties are large money center banks and regional banks. Our foreign currency contracts valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and quoted pricing intervals from public data sources (specifically, spot exchange rates, LIBOR rates and credit default rates) and do not involve management judgment. These contracts are typically classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For more information on the fair values of our marketable securities and foreign currency contracts see Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Term Loan under the Credit Agreement is classified within Level 2 instruments as the borrowings are not actively traded and have a variable interest rate structure based upon market rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and maturities. We have elected not to record the Term Loan at fair value, but have measured it at fair value for disclosure purposes. At December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the Term Loan approximated its estimated fair value based on observable market inputs.

Business Combinations

We recognize separately from goodwill the fair value of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments retrospectively to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly and record any adjustments to our preliminary estimates to goodwill provided that we are within the measurement period and we continue to collect information in order to determine their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the tax allowance’s estimated value, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Goodwill and Purchased Intangibles

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is one level below or the same as an operating segment. We adopted the amended accounting guidance, which permits us to choose to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If based on this assessment we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary.

Our business is organized around four major geographic theatres: North America, Caribbean and Latin America (“CALA”), Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and Asia Pacific (“APAC”) which were determined to be our reporting units in 2013 and 2012. For reporting purposes, we aggregate North America and CALA into one segment named Americas and report EMEA and APAC as separate segments.

54


In the fourth quarter of 2013, based on the qualitative assessment, we performed a two-step goodwill impairment test to assess if a potential impairment has occurred and measure an impairment loss, if any. The first step of the two-step test compares a reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying amount. The fair value was determined using an income approach and a market approach, each of which was weighted equally. Under the income approach, the fair value of an asset is based on the value of the estimated cash flows that the asset can be expected to generate in the future. These estimated future cash flows were discounted at rates ranging from 12 to 14 percent to arrive at their respective fair values. Under the market approach, the fair value of the unit is based on an analysis of financial data for publicly traded companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business. The carrying amount of each reporting unit was determined by assigning assets and liabilities, including goodwill, to each reporting unit. Based on the first step test, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded their respective carrying amount. Therefore, the second step of the two-step goodwill impairment test was not deemed necessary. As of the date of our fiscal 2013 annual impairment test, the total fair values for the reporting units in all of our segments exceeded their total carrying values by more than 30%. Based on our most recent goodwill impairment assessment of the reporting units of our segments and our understanding of currently projected trends of the business and the economy, we do not believe that there is a significant risk of impairment for these reporting units for a reasonable period of time. Although our analysis regarding the fair values of goodwill indicates that it exceeded its carrying value, materially different assumptions regarding the future performance of our businesses or significant declines in our stock price could result in goodwill impairment losses in the future.

Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from several months to six years. We annually assess whether any impairment indicators exist on purchased intangibles with finite lives. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The assessment of purchased intangibles impairment is conducted by first estimating the undiscounted expected future cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the purchased intangibles and comparing this amount with the carrying value of these assets. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amounts, impairment exists, and future cash flows are discounted at an appropriate rate and compared to the carrying amounts of the purchased intangibles to determine the amount of the impairment.

There was no impairment charge recorded in 2013 or 2012 as no impairment indicators existed. Screening for and assessing whether impairment indicators exist or if events or changes in circumstances have occurred, including market conditions, operating fundamentals, competition and general economic conditions, requires significant judgment. Additionally, changes in the high-technology industry occur frequently and quickly. Therefore, there can be no assurance that a charge to operations will not occur as a result of future goodwill and purchased intangible impairment tests.

Private Company Investments

We periodically make strategic investments in companies whose stock is not currently traded on any stock exchange and for which no quoted price exists. The cost method of accounting is used to account for these investments as we hold a non-material ownership percentage. We review these investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances that may indicate to us that an impairment exists may be a significant decrease in the market value of the company, poor or deteriorating market conditions in the public and private equity capital markets, significant adverse changes in legal factors or within the business climate the company operates, and current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or projections and forecasts that demonstrate continuing losses associated with the company’s future business plans. Impairment indicators identified during the reporting period could result in a significant write-down in the carrying value of the investment if we believe an investment has experienced a decline in value that is other than temporary. At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, our private company investments had a carrying value of $2.0 million and are recorded in other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Software Development Costs

Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are included in research and development expenses as incurred. Eligible and material software development costs are capitalized upon the establishment of technological feasibility and before the general availability of such software products, including direct labor and related overhead costs, as well as stock-based compensation. We have defined technological feasibility as the establishment of a working model, which typically occurs when beta testing commences. The capitalized costs are being amortized on a product-by-product basis using the straight-line method over the estimated product life, generally three years, or on the ratio of current revenues to total projected product revenues, whichever is greater. We believe that the capitalized software costs will be recoverable from future gross profits generated by these products.

Derivative Instruments

The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. For derivative instruments designated as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of

55


change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributed to the risk being hedged. For a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged exposure affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately. For derivative instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings in the period of change. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes. We enter into derivatives only with counterparties that are among the largest U.S. banks, ranked by assets, in order to minimize our credit risk.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update which clarifies that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In situations where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require, and the entity does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The guidance will be effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We are currently assessing the potential impact on the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which requires the release of cumulative translation adjustments into net income when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest resulting in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. The guidance will be effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We do not expect any material impact on the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that requires an entity to expand the disclosure of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). The update requires companies to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances and to report the effect of significant reclassifications on the respective line items in net income. The guidance is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We adopted the guidance in the quarter ended March 31, 2013, and such adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that requires disclosure of the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on a company’s financial position, as well as enhanced disclosure of the rights of setoff associated with a company’s recognized assets and liabilities. In January 2013, the FASB issued another accounting standard update to clarify the scope of the standard issued in December 2011. We adopted the guidance in the quarter ended March 31, 2013, and such adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. We generally invest excess cash in marketable debt instruments of the U.S. government and its agencies and high-quality corporate debt securities, and by policy, limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer.

The estimated fair value of our cash and cash equivalents approximates the principal amounts reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the short maturities of these financial instruments. Short-term and long-term investments consist of U.S. Treasury obligations and other government agency instruments, corporate bonds, commercial paper, non-U.S. government securities, and money market funds. The valuation of our investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. If current market conditions deteriorate, we may realize losses on the sale of our investments or we may incur temporary impairment charges requiring us to record unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income. We could also incur additional other-than-temporary impairment charges resulting in realized losses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations which would reduce net income. We consider various factors in determining whether we should recognize an impairment charge, including the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than our cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the security or issuer, and our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow any anticipated recovery in the market value. Further, if we sell our investments prior to their maturity, we may incur a charge to operations in the period the sale takes place.

A sensitivity analysis was performed on our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from hypothetical parallel shifts in the yield curve of various magnitudes. We model the effect of an immediate parallel shift in the yield curve. This methodology assumes a more immediate change in interest rates to reflect the current economic environment.

56


The following table presents the hypothetical fair values of our securities, excluding cash and cash equivalents, held at December 31, 2013 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from immediate parallel shifts in the yield curve of plus or minus 50 basis points (BPS), 100 BPS and 150 BPS (in thousands):

 

-150 BPS

 

 

-100 BPS

 

 

-50 BPS

 

 

Fair Value
12/31/2013

 

 

+50 BPS

 

 

+100 BPS

 

 

+150 BPS

 

 

$

191,792

 

 

$

191,546

 

 

$

191,301

 

 

$

191,056

 

 

$

190,810

 

 

$

190,565

 

 

$

190,319

 

 

In September 2013, we entered into a Credit Agreement which provides for a $250.0 million Term Loan which matures in September 2018 and bears interest at our option of either a base rate plus a spread of 0.50% to 1.00% or a reserve adjusted LIBOR rate as defined in the Credit Agreement plus a spread of 1.50% to 2.00%. Interest is due and payable in arrears quarterly for loans bearing interest at the base rate and at the end of an interest period (or at each three month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than three months) in the case of loans bearing interest at the reserve adjusted LIBOR rate. The Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments of principal equal to approximately $1.6 million which began on December 31, 2013, with the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan being due and payable on the Maturity Date. By entering into the Credit Agreement, we have assumed risks associated with variable interest rates based upon a variable base rate or LIBOR. As of December 31, 2013, the weighted average interest rate on the Term Loan was 1.99%. The effect of an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a significant impact on our results of operations.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

While the majority of our sales are denominated in United States dollars, we also sell our products and services in certain European regions in Euros and in British Pounds, and we incur expenses in Chinese Yuan, Euros, British Pounds, Israeli Shekels, and other foreign currencies, which exposes us to risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

While we do not hedge for speculative purposes, as a result of our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, we enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge our foreign currency exposure to the Euro, British Pound, Israeli Shekel, Japanese Yen, Brazilian Real, and Mexican Peso relative to the United States Dollar. We mitigate bank counterparty risk related to our foreign currency hedging program through our policy that requires us to only enter into hedge contracts with banks that are among the world’s largest 100 banks, as ranked by total assets in U.S. dollars.

As of December 31, 2013, we had net outstanding forward exchange contracts to sell 3.5 million Euros at 1.37, 36.0 million Israeli Shekels at 3.50, 11.3 million Mexican Pesos at 13.18, 407.1 million Japanese Yen at 102.87, 5.4 million Brazilian Reais at 2.40, and to buy 1.6 million British Pounds at 1.63. These forward exchange contracts hedge our net position of foreign currency-denominated receivables, payables and cash balances and typically mature in 360 days or less. As of December 31, 2013, we also had net outstanding forward exchange contracts to sell 37.0 million Euros at 1.36, and 2.6 million British Pounds at 1.42, and to buy 49.1 million Israeli Shekels at 3.74. These forward exchange contracts, carried at fair value, typically have maturities of more than 360 days.

We also have a cash flow hedging program under which we hedge a portion of anticipated revenues and operating expenses denominated in the Chinese Yuan, Euro, British Pound, and Israeli Shekel. As of December 31, 2013, we had an outstanding foreign exchange contract to buy 91.6 million Chinese Yuan at 6.12. The forward exchange contract, carried at fair value, typically matures in 360 days or less. As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding foreign exchange contracts to sell 29.0 million Euros at 1.33, and to buy 1.9 million British Pounds at 1.43, and 87.3 million Israeli Shekels at 3.63. These forward exchange contracts, carried at fair value, typically have maturities of more than 360 days.

Based on our overall currency rate exposure as of December 31, 2013, a near-term 10% appreciation or depreciation in the United States Dollar, relative to our foreign local currencies, would have an immaterial impact on our results of operations. We may also decide to expand the type of products we sell in foreign currencies or may, for specific customer situations, choose to sell in foreign currencies in our other regions, thereby further increasing our foreign exchange risk.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements required by Item 8 and the financial statement schedules required by Item 15(a)(2) are included herein beginning on page F-1 and page S-2, respectively. The supplemental data called for by Item 8 is presented on page S-1.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

57


 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Polycom’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

See “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” on page F-2 and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” on page F-3.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our fourth fiscal quarter of 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

 

 

 

58


PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information regarding our directors required by this item is included under the caption “Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2014 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required by this item is included under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding our code of ethics, nominating committee (including the director nomination process) and audit committee required by this item is included under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Our executive officers, and all persons chosen to become executive officers, and their ages and positions as of February 20, 2014, are as follows:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

Peter A. Leav*

  

43

  

Chief Executive Officer and President

Eric F. Brown

  

48

  

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

Sayed M. Darwish

  

48

  

Chief Legal Officer, Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and Secretary

Laura J. Durr

  

53

  

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Finance and Principal Accounting Officer

 

*

Member of the Board of Directors.

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors. There is no family relationship between any of our executive officers or directors.

Mr. Leav has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since December 2013. Prior to joining Polycom, Mr. Leav served as Executive Vice President and President, Industry and Field Operations of NCR Corporation, a global technology company, from June 2012 to November 2013.  Mr. Leav served as Executive Vice President, Global Sales, Professional Services and Consumables of NCR from November 2011 to June 2012, and as Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales of NCR from January 2009 to October 2011.  Prior to joining NCR, he served as Corporate Vice President and General Manager of Motorola, Inc., a provider of mobility products and solutions across broadband and wireless networks, from November 2008 to January 2009, as Vice President and General Manager from December 2007 to November 2008, and as Vice President of Sales from December 2006 to December 2007.  From November 2004 to December 2006, Mr. Leav was Director of Sales for Symbol Technologies, Inc., an information technology company. Prior to this position, Mr. Leav was Regional Sales Manager at Cisco Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of communications and information technology networking products, from July 2000 to November 2004. Mr. Leav holds a B.A. from Lehigh University.

Mr. Brown has served as our Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President since February 2012. Prior to joining Polycom, Mr. Brown served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Electronic Arts Inc., a leading interactive entertainment software company, from April 2008 to February 2012. Prior to that, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of McAfee, Inc., a security technology company, from March 2006 until March 2008. From January 2005 until March 2006, Mr. Brown was McAfee’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Brown served as President and Chief Financial Officer of MicroStrategy Incorporated, a business intelligence software provider, from 2000 until 2004. Mr. Brown currently serves on the Board of Directors of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. and International Game Technology.

Mr. Darwish has served as our Chief Legal Officer, Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and Secretary since February 2012. Mr. Darwish also served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary from February 2011 to February 2012, Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary from January 2008 to February 2011, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from July 2007 to January 2008 and Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from August 2005 to July 2007. Prior to joining Polycom, from December 2003 to August 2005, Mr. Darwish served in various legal positions at EMC Corporation, ultimately as Vice President and General Counsel for EMC Corporation’s Software Group after EMC’s acquisition of Documentum, Inc., where he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from July 2000 to December 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Darwish served as Vice President and General Counsel for Luna Information Systems, served in various positions, including as General Counsel and Vice President, Legal and HR, for Forté Software, Inc. through its acquisition by Sun Microsystems, Inc., served as Corporate Counsel at Oracle Corporation, and was an associate in the law firm of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison. Mr. Darwish is a graduate of the University of San Francisco School of Law, J.D. cum laude, and holds a B.S. in Mathematics and a B.A. in Economics from the University of Illinois, Urbana.

Ms. Durr has served as our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Finance and Principal Accounting Officer since September 2013.  Ms. Durr also served as our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Controller and Principal Accounting Officer from October 2011 to

59


September 2013, Vice President, Worldwide Controller and Principal Accounting Officer from March 2005 to October 2011 and as Assistant Controller from March 2004 to March 2005. Prior to joining Polycom, Ms. Durr served as the Director of Finance and Administration for QuickSilver Technology, Inc. from February 2003 to March 2004, as an independent consultant from July 2002 to February 2003 and as the Corporate Controller for C Speed Corporation from April 2001 to June 2002. From October 1999 to October 2000, Ms. Durr was a business unit Controller at Lucent Technologies, Inc. after Lucent’s acquisition of International Network Services, where she served as the Corporate Controller from May 1995 to October 1999. Ms. Durr also spent six years in various capacities at Price Waterhouse LLP. Ms. Durr is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. in Accounting from San Jose State University in San Jose, California.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information regarding executive compensation required by this item is included under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans required by this item is included under the caption “Executive Compensation—Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is included under the caption “Ownership of Securities” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information regarding transactions with related persons required by this item is included under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding director independence required by this item is included under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is included under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Principal Accounting Fees and Services” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

60


PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1. Financial Statements (see Item 8 above).

Polycom, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

2. Financial Statement Schedule (see Item 8 above). The following Financial Statement Schedule is filed as part of this Report:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits. See Item 15(b) below.

(b)

Exhibits

We have filed, or incorporated by reference into this Report, the exhibits listed on the accompanying Index to Exhibits.

(c)

Financial Statement Schedules.

See Items 8 and 15(a)(2) above.

 

 

 

61


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

POLYCOM, INC.

 

/s/    PETER A. LEAV

Peter A. Leav

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Date: February 21, 2014

 

 

 

62


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

That the undersigned officers and directors of Polycom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, do hereby constitute and appoint Peter A. Leav and Eric F. Brown, or either of them, the lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the date indicated.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

 

/S/    PETER A. LEAV

  

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

Peter A. Leav

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/S/    ERIC F. BROWN

  

 

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

February 21, 2014

Eric F. Brown

 

and Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

/S/    LAURA J. DURR

  

 

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Finance, and

 

 

February 21, 2014

Laura J. Durr

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

/S/    BETSY S. ATKINS

  

 

Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

Betsy S. Atkins

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    MARTHA H. BEJAR

  

 

Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

Martha H. Bejar

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    ROBERT J. FRANKENBERG

  

 

Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

Robert J. Frankenberg

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    JOHN A. KELLEY

  

 

Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

John A. Kelley

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    D. SCOTT MERCER

  

 

Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

D. Scott Mercer

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    WILLIAM A. OWENS

  

 

Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

William A. Owens

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    KEVIN T. PARKER

  

 

Chairman of the Board and Director

 

 

February 21, 2014

Kevin T. Parker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63


POLYCOM, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

F-1


MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of our Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

·

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of our Company;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of our Company; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of this evaluation, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page F-3.

 

/s/    PETER A. LEAV

 

/s/    ERIC F. BROWN

Peter A. Leav

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Eric F. Brown

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and

Executive Vice President

 

February 21, 2014

 

 

February 21, 2014

 

 

 

F-2


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Polycom, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing on page F-1 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Polycom, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing on page F-1 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page F-2. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

 

San Jose, California

February 21, 2014

 

 

 

 

F-3


POLYCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

ASSETS

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current assets

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

392,629

  

  

$

477,073

  

Short-term investments

  

 

134,684

  

  

 

197,196

  

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,827 and $2,921 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

  

 

183,369

  

  

 

194,654

  

Inventories

  

 

103,309

  

  

 

99,960

  

Deferred taxes

  

 

37,085

  

  

 

48,916

  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  

 

50,352

  

  

 

52,539

  

Total current assets

  

 

901,428

  

  

 

1,070,338

  

Property and equipment, net

  

 

115,157

  

  

 

133,319

  

Long-term investments

  

 

56,372

  

  

 

50,333

  

Goodwill

  

 

559,460

  

  

 

553,819

  

Purchased intangibles, net

  

 

37,458

  

  

 

54,983

  

Deferred taxes

  

 

51,398

  

  

 

28,406

  

Other assets

  

 

27,757

  

  

 

21,238

  

Total assets

  

$

1,749,030

  

  

$

1,912,436

  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

  

$

84,640

  

  

$

89,983

  

Accrued payroll and employee-related liabilities

  

 

40,162

  

  

 

39,469

  

Taxes payable

  

 

5,389

  

  

 

4,736

  

Deferred revenue

  

 

172,408

  

  

 

158,482

  

Current portion of long-term debt

  

 

6,250

  

  

 

 

Other accrued liabilities

  

 

77,744

  

  

 

63,018

  

Total current liabilities

  

 

386,593

  

  

 

355,688

  

Long-term deferred revenue

  

 

87,467

  

  

 

91,061

  

Taxes payable

  

 

12,419

  

  

 

15,598

  

Deferred taxes

  

 

149

  

  

 

236

  

Long-term debt

  

 

242,188

  

  

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

  

 

43,849

  

  

 

22,079

  

Total liabilities

  

 

772,665

  

  

 

484,662

  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0005 par value; Authorized: 350,000,000 shares. Issued and outstanding: 135,159,966 and 175,323,885 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

  

 

68

  

  

 

38

  

Additional paid-in capital

  

 

1,104,273

  

  

 

1,326,436

  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

  

 

(132,348

)  

  

 

97,104

  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  

 

4,372

  

  

 

4,196

  

Total stockholders’ equity

  

 

976,365

  

  

 

1,427,774

  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  

$

1,749,030

  

  

$

1,912,436

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

F-4


POLYCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Revenues

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

  

$

991,110

  

 

$

1,042,484

  

 

$

1,138,050

  

Service revenues

  

 

377,279

  

 

 

350,144

  

 

 

264,139

  

Total revenues

  

 

1,368,389

  

 

 

1,392,628

  

 

 

1,402,189

  

Cost of revenues

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of product revenues

  

 

422,429

  

 

 

426,369

  

 

 

439,995

  

Cost of service revenues

  

 

153,189

  

 

 

142,827

  

 

 

103,930

  

                    Total cost of revenues

  

 

575,618

  

 

 

569,196

  

 

 

543,925

  

Gross profit

  

 

792,771

  

 

 

823,432

  

 

 

858,264

  

Operating expenses

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

  

 

435,047

  

 

 

464,353

  

 

 

428,829

  

Research and development

  

 

216,032

  

 

 

208,510

  

 

 

190,322

  

General and administrative

  

 

96,602

  

 

 

98,285

  

 

 

81,661

  

Transaction-related costs

  

 

3,424

  

 

 

14,064

  

 

 

9,688

  

Amortization of purchased intangibles

  

 

10,389

  

 

 

9,830

  

 

 

5,542

  

Restructuring costs

  

 

48,470

  

 

 

22,024

  

 

 

9,396

  

Total operating expenses

  

 

809,964

  

 

 

817,066

  

 

 

725,438

  

Operating income (loss)

  

 

(17,193

)  

 

 

6,366

  

 

 

132,826

  

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

  

 

(3,217

 

 

(751

 

 

(544

Other income (expense)

  

 

(1,794

 

 

(3,117

 

 

(1,128

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

(5,011

 

 

(3,868

 

 

(1,672

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

  

 

(22,204

)  

 

 

2,498

  

 

 

131,154

  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  

 

(3,669

)  

 

 

39,467

  

 

 

6,224

  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  

 

(18,535

 

 

(36,969

 

 

124,930

  

Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

9,888

  

 

 

9,906

  

Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

459

  

 

 

35,425

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  

$

(18,076

)  

 

$

8,344

  

 

$

134,836

  

Basic net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.11

 

$

(0.21

 

$

0.71

  

Income per share from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.06

  

 

 

0.06

  

Gain per share from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.20

  

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

  

$

(0.11

)  

 

$

0.05

  

 

$

0.76

  

Diluted net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.11

 

$

(0.21

 

$

0.69

  

Income per share from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.06

  

 

 

0.05

  

Gain per share from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.20

  

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

  

$

(0.11

)  

 

$

0.05

  

 

$

0.74

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic net income (loss) per share

  

 

167,272

  

 

 

176,878

  

 

 

176,426

  

Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted net income (loss) per share

  

 

167,272

  

 

 

176,878

  

 

 

181,195

  

Note: Earnings per share amount for continuing operations, discontinued operations, gain from sale of discontinued operations, and net income, as presented above, are calculated individually and may not sum due to rounding differences. As a result of the net loss from continuing operations for 2013 and 2012, all potentially issuable common shares have been excluded from the diluted shares used in the computation of earnings per share as their effect was anti-dilutive.

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

F-5


POLYCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Net income (loss)

  

$

(18,076

)  

 

$

8,344

  

 

$

134,836

  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  

 

1,039

  

 

 

1,339

  

 

 

239

  

Unrealized gains/(losses) on investments:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses arising during the period

  

 

18

 

 

 

(30

 

 

(17

Net gains/losses reclassified into earnings

  

 

53

 

 

 

(7

 

 

(28

Net unrealized gains/(losses) on investments

  

$

71

 

 

$

(37

 

$

(45

Unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging securities:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized hedge gains/losses arising during the period

  

 

1,374

  

 

 

1,018

  

 

 

1,444

  

Net gains/losses reclassified into earnings for revenue hedges

  

 

(207

 

 

(7,133

 

 

7,113

  

Net gains/losses reclassified into earnings for expense hedges

  

 

(2,101

)  

 

 

3,399

  

 

 

(4,253

Net unrealized gains/(losses) on hedging securities

  

$

(934

 

$

(2,716

 

$

4,304

  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  

$

176

 

 

$

(1,414

 

$

4,498

  

Comprehensive income (loss)

  

$

(17,900

)  

 

$

6,930

  

 

$

139,334

  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

F-6


POLYCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Other

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-In

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

(Accumulated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Income

 

 

Deficit)

 

 

Total

 

Balances, December 31, 2010

  

 

173,109,892  

  

 

$

40

  

 

$

1,162,201

  

 

$

1,112

  

 

$

11,091

  

 

$

1,174,444

  

Net income

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134,836

  

 

 

134,836

  

Other comprehensive income

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,498

  

 

 

 

 

 

4,498

  

Issuance of vested performance shares and restricted stock units

  

 

3,355,830

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options under stock option plan

  

 

1,780,408

  

 

 

 

 

 

23,430

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,430

  

Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan

  

 

1,143,614

  

 

 

 

 

 

17,368

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,368

  

Purchase and retirement of common stock at cost

  

 

(3,072,776

 

 

 

 

 

(35,771

 

 

 

 

 

(29,166

 

 

(64,937

Stock-based compensation

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,262

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,262

  

Tax benefit from stock option activity

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,504

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,504

  

Issuance of options in connection with acquisition

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

207

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

207

  

Balances, December 31, 2011

  

 

176,316,968

  

 

$

40  

  

 

$

1,246,201

  

 

$

5,610

  

 

$

116,761

  

 

$

1,368,612

  

Net income

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,344

  

 

 

8,344

  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,414

 

 

 

 

 

(1,414

Issuance of vested performance shares and restricted stock units

  

 

2,463,130

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options under stock option plan

  

 

579,712

  

 

 

 

 

 

4,856

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,856

  

Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan

  

 

1,867,683

  

 

 

1

  

 

 

20,975

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,976

  

Purchase and retirement of common stock at cost

  

 

(5,903,608

 

 

(3

 

 

(39,897

 

 

 

 

 

(28,001

 

 

(67,901

Stock-based compensation

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89,245

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89,245

  

Tax benefit from stock option activity

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,056

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,056

  

Balances, December 31, 2012

  

 

175,323,885

  

 

$

38

  

 

$

1,326,436

  

 

$

4,196

  

 

$

97,104

  

 

$

1,427,774

  

Net loss

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,076

)  

 

 

(18,076

)  

Other comprehensive income

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

176  

 

Issuance of vested performance shares and restricted stock units

  

 

2,828,464

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options under stock option plan

  

 

187,682

  

 

 

 

 

 

1,786

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,786

  

Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan

  

 

2,904,287

  

 

 

1

  

 

 

21,539

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,540

  

Purchase and retirement of common stock at cost, including fees and expenses

  

 

(46,084,352

 

 

(22

 

 

(275,782

 

 

 

 

 

(211,376

 

 

(487,180

Common stock repurchase holdback

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,922

Stock-based compensation

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,665

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,665

  

Tax expense for stock-based award activity

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,398

)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,398

)  

Correction of an error in par value (1)

  

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

(51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2013

  

 

135,159,966

  

 

$

68

  

 

$

1,104,273

  

 

$

4,372

  

 

$

(132,348

)  

 

$

976,365

  

(1) While preparing the financial statements in 2013, we noted an immaterial error in the calculation of par value that required a reclassification between Common Stock and Additional Paid-In Capital.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

F-7


POLYCOM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  

$

(18,076

)  

 

$

8,344

  

 

$

134,836

  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

64,779

  

 

 

61,586

  

 

 

52,564

  

Amortization of purchased intangibles

  

 

19,825

  

 

 

20,318

  

 

 

21,742

  

Amortization of software development costs

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

  

 

178

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of discounts and premiums on investments, net

  

 

1,816

  

 

 

2,381

 

 

 

2,695

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

  

 

 

 

 

1,100

  

 

 

 

Write-down of excess and obsolete inventories

  

 

7,390

  

 

 

6,420

  

 

 

8,567

  

Stock-based compensation

  

 

64,465

  

 

 

89,245

  

 

 

65,262

  

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

  

 

(920

 

 

(9,297

 

 

(13,430

Impairment of private company investments

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79

  

Loss on disposals of property and equipment

  

 

5,859

  

 

 

4,080

  

 

 

1,537

  

Net gain on sale of discontinued operations

  

 

(459

 

 

(35,425

 

 

 

Tax expense on company reorganization

  

 

 

 

 

38,836

  

 

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions and divestiture:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

  

 

13,809

  

 

 

16,582

  

 

 

(63,009

Inventories

  

 

(10,739

 

 

(11,428

 

 

2,545

  

Deferred taxes

  

 

(14,332

 

 

(15,933

 

 

(12,446

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  

 

(637

 

 

(7,424

 

 

(2,212

Accounts payable

  

 

(5,184

 

 

(22,901

 

 

22,816

  

Taxes payable

  

 

(5,848

)  

 

 

5,123

  

 

 

13,496

  

Other accrued liabilities and deferred revenue

  

 

46,320

  

 

 

37,754

  

 

 

67,298

  

Net cash provided by operating activities

  

 

168,442

  

 

 

189,361

  

 

 

302,340

  

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

  

 

(53,042

 

 

(67,270

 

 

(69,279

Software development costs

 

 

(2,165

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investments

  

 

(228,238

 

 

(315,012

 

 

(375,262

Proceeds from sale of investments

  

 

45,467

  

 

 

52,286

  

 

 

41,461

  

Proceeds from maturity of investments

  

 

237,499

  

 

 

229,211

  

 

 

326,332

  

Net cash received from sale of discontinued operations

  

 

556

  

 

 

50,411

  

 

 

 

Net cash paid in acquisitions

  

 

(7,974

 

 

(4,583

 

 

(163,630

Net cash used in investing activities

  

 

(7,897

 

 

(54,957

 

 

(240,378

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee option and stock purchase plans

  

 

23,326

  

 

 

25,832

  

 

 

40,798

  

Proceeds from debt, net of costs

  

 

247,349

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment on debt

  

 

(1,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of common stock, including fees and expenses

  

 

(515,022

 

 

(67,901

 

 

(64,937

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

  

 

920

  

 

 

9,297

  

 

 

13,430

  

Net cash used in financing activities

  

 

(244,989

 

 

(32,772

 

 

(10,709

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  

 

(84,444

)  

 

 

101,632

  

 

 

51,253

  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

  

 

477,073

  

 

 

375,441

  

 

 

324,188

  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  

$

392,629

  

 

$

477,073

  

 

$

375,441

  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash consideration paid for acquisition

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

207

  

Cash paid for interest

  

$

2,847

  

 

$

751

  

 

$

544

  

Cash paid for income taxes

  

$

9,505

  

 

$

24,570

  

 

$

15,947

  

The consolidated statements of cash flows include combined cash flows from continuing operations along with discontinued operations.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

F-8


POLYCOM, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Description of Business:

Polycom is a leading global provider of high-quality, easy-to-use communications solutions that enable enterprise, government, education and healthcare customers to more effectively collaborate over distance, time zones and organizational boundaries. Our solutions are built on architectures that enable unified video, voice and content communications.

Principles of Accounting and Consolidation:

These Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Certain prior year service costs have been reclassified among our segments to conform to the current year presentation in order to more appropriately align those costs with the associated revenues. See Note 17.

 

Revisions of Prior Period Financial Statements

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company discovered an error that impacted the Company’s previously issued interim and annual consolidated statements of cash flows. The error was related to the net amortization of discounts and premiums on investments not being properly reported, which resulted in understatements of cash flows provided by operating activities and cash used in investing activities in the first three quarters of 2013 and full fiscal years 2012 and 2011.

 

Additionally, during the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Company discovered an error that impacted the Company’s previously issued interim and annual consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 through 2012 and the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The error was related to certain royalty related expenses not being properly allocated between the Company’s U.S. entity and its international subsidiary, which led to an understated income tax provision in fiscal years 2010 through 2012.

In evaluating whether the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements were materially misstated, the Company considered the guidance in ASC Topic 250, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, ASC Topic 250-10-S99-1, Assessing Materiality, and ASC Topic 250-10-S99-2, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. The Company concluded that these errors were not material to any of the prior reporting periods, and therefore, amendments of previously filed reports are not required. However, if the entire correction was recorded in 2013, the cumulative amount of the income tax provision error would be material in 2013 and, for both the income tax provision error and consolidated statements of cash flows correction, would impact comparisons to prior periods. As such, the revisions for these corrections are reflected in the financial information of the applicable prior periods and will be reflected in future filings containing such financial information.

F-9


The following tables set forth a summary of the revisions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the periods indicated:

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Revised

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Revised

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

$

55,454

 

 

$

(2,915

)

 

$

52,539

 

 

$

51,241

 

 

$

(1,504

)

 

$

49,737

 

Total current assets

$

1,073,253

 

 

$

(2,915

)

 

$

1,070,338

 

 

$

994,408

 

 

$

(1,504

)

 

$

992,904

 

Total assets

$

1,915,351

 

 

$

(2,915

)

 

$

1,912,436

 

 

$

1,844,805

 

 

$

(1,504

)

 

$

1,843,301

 

Retained earnings

$

100,019

 

 

$

(2,915

)

 

$

97,104

 

 

$

118,265

 

 

$

(1,504

)

 

$

116,761

 

Total stockholders’ equity

$

1,430,689

 

 

$

(2,915

)

 

$

1,427,774

 

 

$

1,370,116

 

 

$

(1,504

)

 

$

1,368,612

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

1,915,351

 

 

$

(2,915

)

 

$

1,912,436

 

 

$

1,844,805

 

 

$

(1,504

)

 

$

1,843,301

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Revised

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

As Revised

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes for continuing operations

$

38,056

 

 

$

1,411

 

 

$

39,467

 

 

$

5,246

 

 

$

978

 

 

$

6,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

$

(35,558

)

 

$

(1,411

)

 

$

(36,969

)

 

$

125,908

 

 

$

(978

)

 

$

124,930

 

Net income

$

9,755

 

 

$

(1,411

)

 

$

8,344

 

 

$

135,814

 

 

$

(978

)

 

$

134,836

 

Basic Net Income (loss) Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

(0.21

)

 

$

0.71

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

$

0.71

 

Basic net income per share

$

0.06

 

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

0.77

 

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.76

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

(0.21

)

 

$

0.69

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

$

0.69

 

Diluted net income per share

$

 0.06

 

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

0.75

 

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

9,755

 

 

$

(1,411

)

 

$

8,344

 

 

$

135,814

 

 

$

(978

)

 

$

134,836

 

Comprehensive income

$

8,341

 

 

$

(1,411

)

 

$

6,930

 

 

$

140,312

 

 

$

(978

)

 

$

139,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

9,755

 

 

$

(1,411

)

 

$

8,344

 

 

$

135,814

 

 

$

(978

)

 

$

134,836

 

Changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets

$

(8,835

)

 

$

1,411

 

 

$

(7,424

)

 

$

(3,190

)

 

$

978

 

 

$

(2,212

)

Amortization of discounts and premiums on investments, net

$

 

 

$

2,381

 

 

$

2,381

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,695

 

 

$

2,695

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

186,980

 

 

$

2,381

 

 

$

189,361

 

 

$

299,645

 

 

$

2,695

 

 

$

302,340

 

   Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investments

$

(312,631

)

 

$

(2,381

)

 

$

(315,012

)

 

$

(372,567

)

 

$

(2,695

)

 

$

(375,262

)

Net cash used in investing activities

$

(52,576

)

 

$

(2,381

)

 

$

(54,957

)

 

$

(237,683

)

 

$

(2,695

)

 

$

(240,378

)

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make required payments. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly by assessing individual accounts receivable over a specific aging and amount, and all other balances on a pooled basis based on historical collection experience. If the financial conditions of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their abilities to make payments, additional allowances would be required. Delinquent account balances are written off after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is remote.

F-10


Investments:

The Company’s short-term and long-term investments as of December 31, 2013 are comprised of U.S. and non-U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities and corporate debt securities. Investments are classified as short-term or long-term based on their remaining maturities. All investments are held in the Company’s name at a limited number of major financial institutions. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, all of the Company’s investments were classified as available-for-sale and were carried at fair value based on quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency at the end of the reporting period. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. If these investments are sold at a loss or are considered to have other than temporarily declined in value, a charge against earnings is recorded. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost of securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected in interest and other income (expense), net.

For strategic reasons, the Company has made various investments in private companies. The private company investments are carried at cost and written down to estimated market value when indications exist that these investments have other than temporarily declined in value. The Company reviews these investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may exist and makes appropriate reductions in carrying value, if necessary. The Company evaluates a number of factors, including price per share of any recent financing, expected timing of additional financing, liquidation preferences, historical and forecasted earnings and cash flows, cash burn rate, and technological feasibility of the investee company’s products to assess whether or not the investment is potentially impaired.

Inventories:

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. Consideration is given to obsolescence, excessive levels, deterioration and other factors in evaluating net realizable value. The Company records write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory equal to the difference between the carrying value of inventory and the estimated future selling price based upon assumptions about future product life-cycles, product demand and market conditions. At the point of the loss recognition, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are one to thirteen years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the related assets, typically three to thirteen years. Disposals of capital equipment are recorded by removing the costs and accumulated depreciation from the accounts and gains or losses on disposals are included in the results of operations.

Goodwill:

Goodwill is not amortized but is regularly reviewed for potential impairment. In September 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on goodwill impairment testing which provides entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance in 2011, and such adoption did not have an impact to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s reporting units. The estimated fair value of reporting units is based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporates management assumptions about expected future cash flows. Future cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from several months to six years. Purchased intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset or group of assets and their eventual disposition. The Company periodically assesses the remaining useful lives of long-lived assets. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell.

F-11


Guarantees:

Warranty

The Company provides for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. The specific terms and conditions of those warranties vary depending upon the product sold. In the case of hardware manufactured by the Company, warranties generally start from the delivery date and continue for one year. Software products generally carry a 90-day warranty from the date of purchase. The Company’s liability under warranties on software products is to provide a corrected copy of any portion of the software found not to be in substantial compliance with the agreed upon specifications. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty obligation include product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. The Company assesses the adequacy of the recorded warranty liabilities every quarter and makes adjustments to the liability if necessary.

Changes in the warranty obligation during the period, which is included as a component of “Other accrued liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

Balance at beginning of year

  

$

10,475

  

 

$

10,577

  

Accruals for warranties issued during the year

  

 

16,307

  

 

 

18,432

  

Actual charges against warranty reserve during the year

  

 

(17,307

 

 

(18,534

Balance at end of year

  

$

9,475

  

 

$

10,475

  

Deferred Services Revenue

The Company offers maintenance contracts for sale on most of its products which allow for customers to receive service and support in addition to, or subsequent to, the expiration of the contractual product warranty. The Company also provides managed services to its customers under contractual arrangements. The Company recognizes the maintenance and managed services revenue from these contracts over the life of the service contract.

Deferred services revenue, of which $170.7 million and $156.5 million is short-term and is included as a component of deferred revenue as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively; and $83.1 million and $85.3 million is long-term and is included as a component of long-term deferred revenue as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes during the period are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

Balance at beginning of year

  

$

241,773

  

 

$

212,178

  

Addition to deferred services revenue

  

 

354,893

  

 

 

349,022

  

Amortization of deferred services revenue

  

 

(342,873

 

 

(319,427

Balance at end of year

  

$

253,793

  

 

$

241,773

  

The cost of providing these services for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $148.1 million, $137.8 million, and $98.4 million, respectively.

Officer and Director Indemnifications

As permitted or required under Delaware law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, the Company has certain obligations to indemnify its current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at the Company’s request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that mitigates the Company’s exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of the Company’s insurance policy coverage, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is not material.

Other Indemnifications

As is customary in the Company’s industry, as provided for in local law in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, the Company’s standard contracts provide remedies to its customers, such as defense, settlement, or payment of judgment for intellectual property claims related to the use of its products. From time to time, the Company indemnifies customers against combinations of loss, expense, or liability arising from various trigger events related to the sale and the use of its products and services. In addition, from

F-12


time to time the Company also provides protection to customers against claims related to undiscovered liabilities, additional product liabilities or environmental obligations.

Revenue Recognition:

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have transferred, product payment is not contingent upon performance of installation or service obligations, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. In instances where final acceptance of the product or service is specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Additionally, the Company recognizes maintenance service revenues on its hardware and software products ratably over the service periods of one to five years, and other services upon the completion of installation or professional services provided.

Most of the Company’s products are integrated with software that is essential to the functionality of the equipment. Additionally, the Company provides unspecified software upgrades and enhancements related to most of these products through maintenance contracts.

A multiple-element arrangement includes the sale of one or more tangible product offerings with one or more associated services offerings, each of which are individually considered separate units of accounting. The Company allocates revenue to each element in a multiple-element arrangement based upon the relative selling price of each deliverable. When applying the relative selling price method, the Company determines the selling price for each deliverable using vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if it exists, or third party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exist for a deliverable, the Company uses its best estimate of selling price (“ESP”) for that deliverable. Revenue allocated to each element is then recognized when the other revenue recognition criteria are met for each element.

VSOE is established based on the Company’s standard pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a product or service fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range.

When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately.

When the Company is unable to establish the selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses ESP in its allocation of arrangement consideration. ESP represents the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the element were sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines ESP for a product by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, and pricing practices. The determination of ESP is made based on review of historical sales price, taking into consideration the Company’s go-to-market strategy. Generally, the Company uses historical net selling prices to establish ESP. The Company regularly reviews its basis for establishing VSOE, TPE and ESP.

Sales Returns, Channel Partner Programs and Incentives

The Company records estimated reductions to revenues for channel partner programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. The Company also accrues for co-op marketing funds as a marketing expense if the Company receives an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues. The Company’s contracts generally do not provide for a right of return on any of our products. However, a limited number of contracts contain stock rotation rights. The Company records an estimate of future returns based upon these contractual rights and its historical returns experience.

Research and Development Expenditures and Software Development Costs

Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred and consist primarily of compensation costs, including stock-based compensation, outside services, expensed materials, depreciation and an allocation of overhead expenses, including facilities and IT costs.

Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are included in research and development expenses as incurred. Eligible and material software development costs are capitalized upon the establishment of technological feasibility and before the general availability of such software products, including direct labor and related overhead costs, as well as stock-based compensation. The Company has defined technological feasibility as the establishment of a working model, which typically occurs when beta testing commences. In 2013, the Company capitalized approximately $2.4 million of development costs for software products to be marketed or sold to customers. There were no such costs capitalized in 2012 and 2011 as the software development costs qualifying for capitalization were insignificant. The capitalized costs are being amortized on a product-by-product basis using the straight-line method over the estimated product life, generally three years, or on the ratio of current

F-13


revenues to total projected product revenues, whichever is greater. Management believes that the capitalized software costs will be recoverable from future gross profits generated by these products.

Advertising:

The Company expenses the production costs of advertising as expenses are incurred. The production costs of advertising consist primarily of trade shows, online media, magazine and radio advertisements, agency fees and other direct production costs. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $14.9 million, $22.3 million, and $21.3 million, respectively.

Income Taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, which recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when, based on available objective evidence, it is more likely than not that the benefit of such assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes and measures benefits for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. Evaluations are based upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues. Changes in the recognition or measurement of uncertain tax positions could result in material increases or decreases in income tax expense in the period in which the change is made, which could have a material impact on the Company’s effective tax rate and operating results. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Foreign Currency Translation:

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S subsidiaries, where that local currency is the functional currency, are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are directly recorded to a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses from the remeasurement of non-functional currency denominated assets and liabilities have not been significant to date and are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as part of interest and other income (expense), net.

As a result of the sale of the Company’s former enterprise wireless voice solutions (the “EWS”) business in December 2012 (see Note 3), which included a wholly owned Danish subsidiary with a Danish Krone functional currency, the Company recognized its associated currency translation adjustment balance of $1.1 million which effectively reduced the gain from sale of the discontinued operations.

The following table sets forth the change of foreign currency translation adjustments during each reporting period and the balances as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

  

2011

 

Beginning balance

  

$

3,180

  

  

$

1,841

  

  

$

1,602

  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  

 

1,039

  

  

 

1,339

  

  

 

239

  

Ending balance

  

$

4,219

  

  

$

3,180

  

  

$

1,841

  

Derivative Instruments:

The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. For a derivative instrument designated and qualifying as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged exposure affects earnings. The excluded and ineffective portions of the gain or loss are reported in earnings immediately. For derivative instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings in the period of change. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes. The Company enters into derivatives only with counterparties that are among the largest U.S. banks, ranked by assets, in order to minimize its credit risk.

F-14


Net Income Per Share:

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the additional dilution from potential issuance of common stock, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options, unvested restricted stock units, and performance shares. Potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share when their effect is antidilutive.

On June 1, 2011, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock effected in the form of a 100% stock dividend (“the stock split”). The stock split entitled each stockholder of record at the close of business on June 15, 2011 to receive one additional share of common stock for every one share of common stock owned as of that date, payable by the Company’s transfer agent on July 1, 2011. The par value of the Company’s common stock was maintained at the pre-split amount of $0.0005 per share. The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, including all share and per share data, have been restated as if the stock split had occurred as of the earliest period presented.

Fair Value Measurements:

The Company has certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value which have been classified as Level 1, 2 or 3 within the fair value hierarchy. Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, or identical or similar assets in inactive markets, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs utilize unobservable data points for the asset or liability.

The carrying amounts reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities.

Stock-Based Compensation:

The Company’s stock-based compensation programs consist of grants of stock-based awards to employees and non-employee directors, including stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares, as well as purchase rights pursuant to the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). The estimated fair value of these awards is charged against income over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

The fair value of stock option and ESPP awards is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense for restricted stock units, including the effect of forfeitures, is recognized over the applicable service period. The fair value of performance shares is based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and assumes that the performance criteria will be met and the target payout level will be achieved. Compensation cost is adjusted for subsequent changes in the outcome of performance-related conditions until the award vests. The fair value of a performance share with a market condition is estimated on the date of award, using a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the total return ranking of the Company’s stock in relation to the target index of companies over each performance period. Compensation cost on performance shares with a market condition is not adjusted for subsequent changes regardless of the level of ultimate vesting.

Business Combinations:

The Company recognizes separately from goodwill the fair value of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments retrospectively to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. The Company reevaluates these items quarterly and records any adjustments to the Company’s preliminary estimates to goodwill provided that the Company is within the measurement period and the Company continues to collect information in order to determine their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Subsequent to the measurement period or the Company’s final determination of the tax allowance’s estimated value, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances will affect the Company’s provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

F-15


Recent Pronouncements:

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update which clarifies that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In situations where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require, and the entity does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The guidance will be effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact on the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which requires the release of cumulative translation adjustments into net income when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest resulting in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. The guidance will be effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company does not expect any material impact on the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that requires an entity to expand the disclosure of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). The update requires companies to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances and to report the effect of significant reclassifications on the respective line items in net income. The guidance is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted the guidance in the quarter ended March 31, 2013, and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that requires disclosure of the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on a company’s financial position, as well as enhanced disclosure of the rights of setoff associated with a company’s recognized assets and liabilities. In January 2013, the FASB issued another accounting standard update to clarify the scope of the standard issued in December 2011. The Company adopted the guidance in the quarter ended March 31, 2013, and such adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

2. Business Combinations:

2013 Acquisition

On March 1, 2013 the Company completed its acquisition of certain assets of Sentri, Inc. (“Sentri”), a privately-held services company with expertise in Microsoft technologies, for approximately $8.0 million in cash, net of approximately $0.4 million cash released from an escrow account as a result of a net working capital adjustment. The acquisition expands the Company’s advanced services offerings with an emphasis on multi-vendor unified communications solutions that can encompass video, voice, data, and networking. The total purchase price was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their fair values at March 1, 2013 with the excess amount recorded as goodwill, which is primarily attributable to the expertise of former Sentri employees in Microsoft technologies and expected synergies from the combined company.

 

2011 Acquisitions

 

During 2011, the Company completed three business combinations. On March 21, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Accordent Technologies, Inc. (“Accordent”), a privately-held video content management and delivery solutions company. On July 27, 2011, the Company acquired the assets of the Hewlett-Packard Visual Collaboration (“HPVC”) business, including the Halo Products and Managed Services business. In May 2012, the Company completed the purchase of certain additional equipment from HP Financing Services for approximately $5.0 million that was agreed to in conjunction with the HPVC acquisition. On October 14, 2011, the Company acquired ViVu, Inc. (“ViVu”), a privately-held video collaboration software company. The total net cash paid in 2011 for these business combinations was $163.6 million, plus non-cash consideration of $0.2 million.

F-16


The following table summarizes the allocation of the total purchase consideration to the assets and liabilities assumed in 2011 as of the acquisition dates (in thousands):

 

Tangible assets:

  

 

 

 

Current assets

  

$

8,204

  

Property and equipment

  

 

2,990

  

Long-term assets

  

 

1,257

  

Total tangible assets acquired

  

 

12,451

  

Liabilities:

  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

 

(7,786

Long-term liabilities

  

 

(4,362

Total liabilities assumed

  

 

(12,148

Fair value of net assets acquired

  

 

303

  

Intangible assets consisting of:

  

 

 

 

Core and developed technology

  

 

20,600

  

Customer and partner relationships

  

 

50,100

  

Trade name

  

 

1,400

  

In-Process Research and Development (“IPR&D”)

  

 

1,400

  

Other

  

 

500

  

Deferred tax liability

  

 

(1,625

Goodwill

  

 

91,159

  

Total consideration

  

$

163,837

  

The Company has included the financial results of Sentri, Accordent, HPVC and ViVu in its Consolidated Financial Statements from their respective dates of acquisition. Pro forma results of operations for the acquisitions completed during the years have not been presented because the effects of those acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the Company’s financial results.

The goodwill generated from those acquisitions is primarily attributable to expected synergies. Goodwill from the Sentri and HPVC acquisitions is deductible for tax purposes and goodwill from the Accordent and ViVu acquisitions is not deductible for tax purposes. The fair values of intangible assets were calculated based on the income and cost approaches and are being amortized over eight months to six years. The transaction-related costs were expensed as incurred.

 

3. Discontinued Operations:

On December 4, 2012, the Company completed the disposition of the net assets of its EWS business to Mobile Devices Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation. The Company received cash consideration of approximately $50.7 million, resulting in a gain on sale of the discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $35.4 million, as reflected in its Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012. In 2013, the Company recorded an additional gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes, of approximately $0.5 million as a result of the final net working capital adjustment in accordance with the purchase agreement. Additional cash consideration of up to $57.0 million is payable over the next four years subject to certain conditions, including meeting certain agreed-upon EBITDA-based milestones. Such additional cash consideration will be accounted for as a gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes, when it is realized or realizable. In accordance with accounting guidance, the Company has included the results of operations of EWS in discontinued operations within the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

Summarized results from discontinued operations were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

  

2011

 

Revenues

  

$

 

  

$

71,133

  

  

$

93,609

  

Income from discontinued operations

  

 

 

  

 

15,973

  

  

 

16,066

  

Income tax provision

  

 

 

  

 

6,085

  

  

 

6,160

  

Net income from discontinued operations

  

$

 

  

$

9,888

  

  

$

9,906

  

F-17


The carrying amounts of the net assets sold at December 4, 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Assets:

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

248

  

Trade receivables, net

  

 

7,221

  

Inventories

  

 

12,659

  

Deferred taxes

  

 

(306

Prepaid expenses and other assets

  

 

295

  

Property and equipment, net

  

 

4,301

  

Goodwill

  

 

30,872

  

Purchased intangibles, net

  

 

5,724

  

Assets sold

  

$

61,014

  

Liabilities:

  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

  

$

2,318

  

Accrued payroll and related liabilities

  

 

1,877

  

Deferred revenue

  

 

5,044

  

Other accrued liabilities

  

 

1,605

  

Deferred taxes

  

 

1,610

  

Liabilities transferred

  

$

12,454

  

Net assets sold

  

$

48,560

  

The Company recorded a gain of $35.4 million in 2012 on the sale of discontinued operations (net of taxes) which was calculated as follows (in thousands):

 

Cash proceeds received

  

$

50,659

  

Less: costs incurred directly attributable to the transaction

  

 

929

  

Net proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

  

 

49,730

  

Less: book value of net assets sold

  

 

48,560

  

Less: realization of foreign currency translation adjustment upon sale of foreign EWS subsidiary

  

 

1,141

  

Gain from sale of discontinued operations

  

 

29

  

Income tax benefit

  

 

(35,396

Net gain from sale of discontinued operations

  

$

35,425

  

In 2013, the Company recorded an additional gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $0.5 million as a result of the final net working capital adjustment. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of income tax benefit on gain from sale of discontinued operations.

 

4. Accounts Receivable Financing

In 2012, the Company launched a customer financing program and entered into a financing agreement (the “Financing Agreement”) with an unrelated third party financing company. The program offers channel partners, distributors, and resellers direct or indirect financing on their purchases of the Company’s products and services. Pursuant to the terms of the Financing Agreement, the Company transfers accounts receivable from these customers, without recourse, to the financing company. In return, the Company agrees to pay the financing company a fee based on a pre-defined percentage of the transaction amount financed. If the transaction meets the applicable criteria under ASC 860 and is accounted for as a sale of financial assets, the accounts receivable are excluded from the balance sheet upon the third party financing company’s payment remittance to the Company. In certain legal jurisdictions, the arrangement fees that involve maintenance services or products bundled with maintenance at one price do not qualify as a sale of financial assets in accordance with the authoritative guidance. Accordingly, accounts receivable related to these arrangements are accounted for as a secured borrowing in accordance with ASC 860, and the Company records a liability for any cash received, while maintaining the associated accounts receivable balance until the end-customer remits payment to the third-party financing company.

In 2013 and 2012, total transactions entered pursuant to the terms of the Financing Agreement were approximately $123.4 million and $28.3 million, respectively, of which $109.4 million and $22.9 million, respectively, are related to the sale of the financial assets arrangement. The financing of these receivables accelerated the collection of the Company’s cash and reduced its credit exposure. The amount due from the financing company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $22.9 million and $15.4 million, respectively, of which $21.6 million and $12.4 million, respectively, was related to the accounts receivable sold, and is included in trade receivables in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Fees incurred pursuant to the Financing Agreement were

F-18


approximately $1.8 million and $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and were recorded as a reduction to revenues.

 

5. Goodwill, Purchased Intangibles, and Software Development Costs:

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is one level below or the same as an operating segment. The Company adopted the amended accounting guidance, which permits the Company to choose to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If based on this assessment the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary.

Polycom’s business is organized around four major geographic theaters: North America, Caribbean and Latin America (“CALA”), Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and Asia Pacific (“APAC”), which are considered its reporting units. In the fourth quarter of 2013 and 2012, the Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test of its four reporting units, and no impairment charge was required in 2013 and 2012.

In 2013, the Company determined, based on its qualitative assessment, that further testing was necessary and performed a two-step goodwill impairment test to assess if a potential impairment had occurred and to measure an impairment loss, if any. The first step of the two-step test compares a reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying amount. The fair value was determined using an income approach and a market approach, each of which was weighted equally. Under the income approach, the fair value of an asset is based on the value of the estimated cash flows that the asset can be expected to generate in the future. These estimated future cash flows were discounted at rates ranging from 12 to 14 percent to arrive at their respective fair values. Under the market approach, the fair value of the unit is based on an analysis of financial data for publicly traded companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business. The carrying amount of each reporting unit was determined by assigning assets and liabilities, including goodwill, to each reporting unit. Based on the first step test, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded their respective carrying amount by more than 30%. Therefore, the second step of the two-step goodwill impairment test was not deemed necessary. Based on the Company’s most recent goodwill impairment assessment of the reporting units of its segments and the understanding of currently projected trends of the business and the economy, management does not believe that there is a significant risk of impairment for these reporting units for a reasonable period of time. Although the analysis regarding the fair values of goodwill indicates that it exceeded its carrying value, materially different assumptions regarding the future performance of the Company’s businesses or significant declines in the Company’s stock price could result in goodwill impairment losses in the future.

In 2012, the Company performed the qualitative assessment of its four reporting units. Each reporting unit had an estimated fair value in excess of its carrying value by more than 50%, based on a valuation of the Company’s reporting segments performed in May 2012 in connection with the announcement of the divestiture of its EWS business. For each reporting unit, the Company weighed the relative impact of factors that are specific to the reporting unit, as well as industry and macroeconomic factors. The reporting unit specific factors that were considered included the results of the most recent impairment tests, as well as financial performance and changes to the reporting units’ carrying amounts since the most recent impairment tests. For the industry in which the reporting units operate, the Company considered growth projections from independent sources and significant developments or transactions within the industry during 2012, where applicable. The Company concluded that each of the reporting unit specific and industry factors had either a positive or neutral impact on the fair value of each of the reporting units. The Company also determined that macroeconomic factors during 2012 did not have a significant impact on the discount rates and growth rates used for the valuation performed.

The following table sets forth the changes in carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s segments in 2013 (in thousands):

 

 

  

Segments

 

 

  

Americas

 

  

EMEA

 

  

APAC

 

  

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  

$

302,768

  

  

$

101,882

  

  

$

149,169

  

  

$

553,819

  

Add: goodwill resulting from an acquisition

  

 

5,391

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

5,391

  

Foreign currency translation

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

250

  

  

 

250

  

Balance at December 31, 2013

  

$

308,159

  

  

$

101,882

  

  

$

149,419

  

  

$

559,460

  

F-19


The following table sets forth details of the Company’s total purchased intangible assets and capitalized software development costs as of the following period (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31, 2013

 

  

December 31, 2012

 

Purchased Intangible Assets

  

Gross
Value

 

  

Accumulated
Amortization
and Impairment

 

 

Net Value

 

  

Gross
Value

 

  

Accumulated
Amortization
and Impairment

 

 

Net Value

 

Core and developed technology

  

$

81,178

  

  

$

(76,952

 

$

4,226

  

  

$

81,178

  

  

$

(67,514

 

$

13,664

  

Customer and partner relationships

  

 

79,525

  

  

 

(48,941

 

 

30,584

  

  

 

79,025

  

  

 

(39,578

 

 

39,447

  

Non-compete agreements

  

 

1,800

  

  

 

(500

 

 

1,300

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Trade name

  

 

3,400

  

  

 

(3,089

 

 

311

  

  

 

3,400

  

  

 

(2,746

 

 

654

  

Other

  

 

4,462

  

  

 

(4,343

 

 

119

  

  

 

4,462

  

  

 

(4,162

 

 

300

  

Finite-lived intangible assets

  

 

170,365

  

  

 

(133,825

 

 

36,540

  

  

 

168,065

  

  

 

(114,000

 

 

54,065

  

Indefinite-lived trade name

  

 

918

  

  

 

 

 

 

918

  

  

 

918

  

  

 

 

 

 

918

  

Total intangible assets

  

$

171,283

  

  

$

(133,825

 

$

37,458

  

  

$

168,983

  

  

$

(114,000

 

$

54,983

  

Software development costs

 

$

2,365

 

 

 

(196

)

 

 

2,169

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

In 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company recorded amortization expense related to purchased intangibles of $10.4 million, $9.8 million, and $5.5 million, respectively, which is included in “Amortization of purchased intangibles” in the Consolidated Statements of Operation, and recorded approximately $9.4 million, $7.6 million, and $5.7 million, respectively, of amortization of purchased intangibles to “Cost of Product Revenues” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Amortization of intangibles is not allocated to the Company’s segments.

The Company determined that a purchased trade name intangible of $0.9 million had an indefinite life as the Company expects to generate cash flows related to this asset indefinitely. Consequently, this trade name is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment annually or sooner when indicators of potential impairment exist. Development on products associated with in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) previously capitalized was completed in 2012 and the underlying products were made available for general release. The associated IPR&D of $1.4 million was reclassified to core and developed technology and is amortized over the estimated lives of the products commencing in 2012.

 

The Company evaluates its purchased intangibles for possible impairment on an ongoing basis. When impairment indicators exist, the Company performs an assessment to determine if the intangible asset has been impaired and to what extent. The assessment of purchased intangibles impairment is conducted by first estimating the undiscounted future cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of the purchased intangibles and comparing this amount with the carrying value of these assets. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amounts, impairment exists and future cash flows are discounted at an appropriate rate and compared to the carrying amounts of the purchased intangibles to determine the amount of the impairment. There were no such impairments recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

  

Amount

 

2014

  

$

12,891

  

2015

  

 

10,495

  

2016

  

 

8,484

  

2017

  

 

4,670

  

2018

  

 

 

Total

  

$

36,540

  

In 2013, the Company capitalized approximately $2.4 million of software development costs for internally developed software products to be marketed and sold to customers after the point that technological feasibility has been reached and before the products are available for general release. The capitalized costs are included in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and are being amortized over the estimated product useful life, generally three years, beginning when the products are available for general release. Management expects that the capitalized software development costs are recoverable from future gross profits generated by these products and services. There were no such costs capitalized in 2012 and 2011, as the development costs qualifying for capitalization were insignificant.

 

 

 

F-20


6. Balance Sheet Details:

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

Raw materials

  

$

2,740

  

  

$

1,871

  

Work in process

  

 

840

  

  

 

799

  

Finished goods

  

 

99,729

  

  

 

97,290

  

 

  

$

103,309

  

  

$

99,960

  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

Non-trade receivables

  

$

9,251

  

  

$

10,463

  

Prepaid expenses

  

 

31,164

  

  

 

35,489

  

Derivative assets

  

 

6,748

  

  

 

4,158

  

Other current assets

  

 

3,189

  

  

 

2,429

  

 

  

$

50,352

  

  

$

52,539

  

Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

  

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

Estimated useful Life

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

Computer equipment and software

  

 

3 to 5 years

  

  

$

265,222

  

 

$

241,642

  

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

  

 

1 to 7 years

  

  

 

113,214

  

 

 

101,784

  

Tooling equipment

  

 

3 years

  

  

 

20,811

  

 

 

18,544

  

Leasehold improvements

  

 

3 to 13 years

  

  

 

59,595

  

 

 

59,931

  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

458,842

  

 

 

421,901

  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

  

 

 

 

  

 

(343,685

 

 

(288,582

 

  

 

 

 

  

$

115,157

  

 

$

133,319

  

Deferred revenues consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

Short-term:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Service

  

$

170,701

  

  

$

156,487

  

Product

  

 

307

  

  

 

595

  

License

  

 

1,400

  

  

 

1,400

  

 

  

$

172,408

  

  

$

158,482

  

Long-term:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Service

  

$

83,092

  

  

$

85,286

  

Product

  

 

 

  

 

 

License

  

 

4,375

  

  

 

5,775

  

 

  

$

87,467

  

  

$

91,061

  

F-21


Other accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

Accrued expenses

  

$

22,515

  

  

$

19,165

  

Accrued co-op expenses

  

 

4,629

  

  

 

4,571

  

Restructuring reserves

  

 

11,238

  

  

 

5,347

  

Warranty obligations

  

 

9,475

  

  

 

10,475

  

Derivative liability

  

 

6,780

  

  

 

3,273

  

Employee stock purchase plan withholding

  

 

10,883

  

  

 

10,186

  

Other accrued liabilities

  

 

12,224

  

  

 

10,001

  

 

  

$

77,744

  

  

$

63,018

  

 

7. Restructuring Costs:

In 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company recorded $48.5 million, $22.0 million, and $9.4 million, respectively, related to restructuring actions that included the elimination or relocation of various positions and the consolidation and elimination of certain facilities. These actions are generally intended to streamline and focus the Company’s efforts and more properly align the Company’s cost structure with its projected future revenue streams.

The following table summarizes the activity of the Company’s restructuring reserves (in thousands):

 

 

  

Severance/Other

 

 

Facilities

 

 

Projects
Discontinued

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  

$

2,524

  

 

 

697

  

 

$

  

 

 

3,221

  

Additions to the reserve

  

 

8,698

  

 

 

698

  

 

 

  

 

 

9,396

  

Cash payments and other usage

  

 

(8,736

 

 

(941

 

 

  

 

 

(9,677

Balance at December 31, 2011

  

$

2,486

  

 

$

454

  

 

$

  

 

$

2,940

  

Additions to the reserve

  

 

13,090

  

 

 

11,730

  

 

 

  

 

 

24,820

  

Non-cash write-off of leasehold improvements

  

 

  

 

 

(2,796

 

 

  

 

 

(2,796

Cash payments and other usage

 

 

(14,214

)

 

 

(1,924

)

 

 

  

 

 

(16,138

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

  

$

1,362

  

 

$

7,464

  

 

$

  

 

$

8,826

  

Additions to the reserve

  

 

10,185

  

 

 

38,231

  

 

 

2,880

  

 

 

51,296

  

Non-cash write-off of leasehold improvements

  

 

  

 

 

(3,547

 

 

  

 

 

(3,547

Cash payments and other usage

  

 

(10,404

 

 

(8,362

 

 

(2,880

 

 

(21,646

Balance at December 31, 2013

  

$

1,143

  

 

$

33,786

  

 

$

  

 

$

34,929

  

During 2013, management completed the consolidation and elimination of certain facilities globally and the elimination of approximately four percent of the Company’s global workforce. These actions were generally intended to optimize the organization and manage expenses to gain or improve operating efficiencies and profitability. As a result, the Company recorded approximately $38.2 million in restructuring charges related to idle facilities upon vacating these facilities. Additions to the reserve include $2.8 million of deferred rent that was expensed in prior periods. Additionally, in 2013, we recorded approximately $10.2 million of restructuring charges related to severance and other employee benefits, and approximately $2.9 million of other restructuring charges associated with changes to the Company’s product roadmap as it focuses on products and solutions with greater revenue and margin potential.  

During 2012, management completed the consolidation and elimination of certain facilities in order to gain efficiencies, including the combination of its headquarters in San Jose and Santa Clara, California into one new location in San Jose, California. As a result, the Company recorded approximately $11.7 million in restructuring charges related to idle facilities in 2012. Additions to the reserve include $2.8 million of deferred rent that was expensed in prior periods. Additionally, the Company recorded approximately $13.1 million of charges, primarily for severance and other employee benefits, related to restructuring actions approved by management in October 2011 and July 2012. The action plan approved in July 2012 resulted in the elimination of approximately four percent of our global workforce, enabling the Company to focus resources on its product development and product launch initiatives.

During 2011, management completed the consolidation of its Colorado facilities and began the transition of certain engineering and product management and related support functions in its Andover, Massachusetts facility to other locations in order to achieve efficiencies. Restructuring charges relating to these actions primarily included costs for idle facilities and, to a lesser extent, severance and relocation costs for impacted individuals. Additionally, in October 2011, management committed to a restructuring plan designed to better align and allocate resources to more strategic growth areas of the business. These actions were primarily related to the

F-22


reorganization of its global go-to-market and other organizations. The restructuring plan resulted in the elimination of approximately seven percent of its global workforce with the majority of the reductions taking effect in the fourth quarter of 2011 and first quarter of 2012, enabling the creation of new positions that better aligned with its strategic initiatives. In 2011, the Company recorded approximately $8.7 million of restructuring expenses related to severance and other employee benefits and $0.7 million related to idle facilities.

As of December 31, 2013, the restructuring reserve is primarily comprised of facilities-related liabilities. The Company calculated the fair value of its facilities-related liabilities based on the discounted future lease payments less sublease assumptions. This fair value measurement is classified as a Level 3 measurement under ASC 820. The key assumptions used in the valuation model include discount rates, cash flow projections and estimated sublease income. Discount rates, cash flow projections and sublease assumptions involve significant judgment, and are based on management’s estimate of current and forecasted market conditions and are sensitive and susceptible to change.

 

On January 22, 2014, management announced that it will take certain actions designed to better align expenses to the Company’s revenue and gross margin profile and position the Company for improved operating performance. These actions will result in the elimination of approximately 6% of the Company’s global workforce, the significant majority of which will take effect in the first quarter of 2014. Management also approved plans to reduce or eliminate certain leased facilities. The charges expected to be incurred in connection with these actions will be recorded through the third quarter of 2014.

 

8. Debt:

In September 2013, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries from time to time party thereto as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent. The Credit Agreement provides for a $250.0 million term loan (the “Term Loan”) maturing on September 13, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”) and bears interest at the Company’s option at either a base rate plus a spread of 0.50% to 1.00%, or a reserve adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.50% to 2.00% based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters.

The Company entered into the Credit Agreement in conjunction with and for purposes of funding purchases of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a $250.0 million modified “Dutch Auction” self-tender offer announced in September 2013. See Note 13 for further details. Interest is due and payable in arrears quarterly for loans bearing interest at the base rate and at the end of an interest period (or at each three month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than three months) in the case of loans bearing interest at the reserve adjusted LIBOR rate. The Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments of principal equal to approximately $1.6 million which began on December 31, 2013, with the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan being due and payable on the Maturity Date. The Company may prepay the Term Loan, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty. Amounts repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. The Term Loan is secured by substantially all the assets of certain domestic subsidiaries of the Company, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. The Company is also obligated to pay other customary closing fees, arrangement fees, and administration fees for a credit facility of this size and type. Total debt issuance costs incurred on the Term Loan were approximately $2.7 million and were recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are being amortized over the life of the Term Loan.

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, grant liens, make investments, incur indebtedness, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, make acquisitions, pay dividends or make distributions, repurchase stock, enter into transactions with affiliates and enter into restrictive agreements, in each case subject to customary exceptions for a credit facility of this size and type. The Company is also required to maintain compliance with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and a consolidated secured leverage ratio. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2013.

The Credit Agreement includes customary events of default that include, among other things, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, cross default to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, material judgment defaults, ERISA defaults and a change of control default. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the Credit Agreement. Under certain circumstances, a default interest rate will apply on all obligations during the existence of an event of default under the Credit Agreement at a per annum rate equal to 2.00% above the applicable interest rate for any overdue principal and 2.00% above the rate applicable for base rate loans for any other overdue amounts.

At December 31, 2013, the weighted average interest rate on the Term Loan was 1.99%, the accrued interest on the Term Loan was $0.2 million, and the current and noncurrent portion of the outstanding Term Loan was $6.2 million and $242.2 million, respectively.  

F-23


The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to the Term Loan (in thousands):

 

 

  

2013

 

Contractual interest expense

  

$

1,605

  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

  

 

178

  

 

  

$

1,783

  

 

9. Investments and Fair Value Measurements:

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $392.6 million and $477.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks, as well as highly liquid investments in money market funds, time deposits, savings accounts, commercial paper, U.S. government and agency securities, municipal securities and corporate debt securities. At December 31, 2013, the Company’s long-term investments had contractual maturities of one to two years.

In addition, the Company has short-term and long-term investments in debt and equity securities which are summarized as follows: (in thousands):

 

 

  

Cost Basis

 

  

Unrealized
Gains

 

  

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

Balances at December 31, 2013:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments—Short-term:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government securities

  

$

19,792

  

  

$

9

  

  

$

 —

  

 

$

19,801

  

U.S. government agency securities

  

 

38,388

  

  

 

16

  

  

 

(3

 

 

38,401

  

Non-U.S. government securities

  

 

13,734

  

  

 

10

 

  

 

 

 

 

13,744

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 

62,720

  

  

 

22

  

  

 

(4

 

 

62,738

  

Total investments – short-term

  

$

134,634

  

  

$

57

  

  

$

(7

 

$

134,684

  

Investments—Long-term:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government securities

  

$

12,252

  

  

$

8

  

  

$

 

 

$

12,260

  

U.S. government agency securities

  

 

30,627

  

  

 

12

  

  

 

(3

 

 

30,636

  

Non-U.S. government securities

  

 

2,305

  

  

 

4

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,309

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 

11,152

  

  

 

15

 

  

 

 

 

 

11,167

  

Total investments – long-term

  

$

56,336

  

  

$

39

  

  

$

(3

 

$

56,372

  

Balances at December 31, 2012:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments—Short-term:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government securities

  

$

24,205

  

  

$

3

  

  

$

 —

 

 

$

24,208

  

U.S. government agency securities

  

 

101,036

  

  

 

39

  

  

 

(5

 

 

101,070

  

Non-U.S. government securities

  

 

1,527

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,527

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 

70,386

  

  

 

20

  

  

 

(15

 

 

70,391

  

Total investments – short-term

  

$

197,154

  

  

$

62

  

  

$

(20

 

$

197,196

  

Investments—Long-term:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government securities

  

$

6,396

  

  

$

4

  

  

$

 

 

$

6,400

  

U.S. government agency securities

  

 

22,145

  

  

 

17

  

  

 

(2

 

 

22,160

  

Non-U.S. government securities

  

 

422

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

422

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 

21,368

  

  

 

 

  

 

(17

 

 

21,351

  

Total investments – long-term

  

$

50,331

  

  

$

21

  

  

$

(19

 

$

50,333

  

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s total cash and cash equivalents and investments held in the United States totaled $167.1 million with the remaining $416.6 million held by various foreign subsidiaries outside of the United States.

U.S. Government Securities

The Company’s U.S. government securities mostly comprised of direct U.S. Treasury obligations that are guaranteed by the U.S. government. To ensure that the investment portfolio is sufficiently diversified, the Company’s investment policy requires that a certain percentage of the Company’s portfolio be invested in these types of securities.

F-24


U.S. Government Agency Securities

The Company’s U.S. government agency securities are mostly comprised of U.S. government agency instruments, including mortgage-backed securities. To ensure that the investment portfolio is sufficiently diversified, the Company’s investment policy requires that a certain percentage of the Company’s portfolio be invested in these types of securities.

Non-U.S. Government Securities

The Company’s Non-U.S. government securities are mostly comprised of non-U.S. government instruments, including state, municipal and foreign government securities. To ensure that the investment portfolio is sufficiently diversified, the Company’s investment policy allows a certain percentage of the Company’s portfolio be invested in these types of securities.

Corporate Debt Securities

The Company’s corporate debt securities are comprised of publicly-traded domestic and foreign corporate debt securities. The Company does not purchase auction rate securities, and investments are in instruments that meet high quality credit rating standards, as specified in the Company’s investment policy guidelines. These guidelines also limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer or type of instrument.

Unrealized Losses

The following table summarizes the fair value and gross unrealized losses of the Company’s investments, including those securities that are categorized as cash equivalents, with unrealized losses, aggregated by type of investment instrument and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

 

  

Less than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or Greater

 

  

Total

 

 

  

Fair Value

 

  

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

  

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

  

Fair Value

 

  

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

December 31, 2013:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

U.S. government agency securities

  

 

5,533

  

  

 

(6

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

5,533

  

  

 

(6

Corporate debt securities

  

 

9,837

  

  

 

(3

 

 

1,504

  

  

 

(1

  

 

11,341

  

  

 

(4

Total investments

  

$

15,370

  

  

$

(9

 

$

1,504

  

  

$

(1

  

$

16,874

  

  

$

(10

December 31, 2012:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

U.S. government agency securities

  

 

21,768

  

  

 

(7

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

21,768

  

  

 

(7

Corporate debt securities

  

 

43,743

  

  

 

(32

 

 

1,999

  

  

 

 

  

 

45,742

  

  

 

(32

Total investments

  

$

65,511

  

  

$

(39

 

$

1,999

  

  

$

 

  

$

67,510

  

  

$

(39

The Company reviews the individual securities in its portfolio to determine whether a decline in a security’s fair value below the amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. If the decline in fair value is considered to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to its fair value as a new cost basis, and the amount of the write-down is accounted for as a realized loss and included in earnings. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company determined that there were no investments in its portfolio that were other-than temporarily impaired.

Private Company Investments

For strategic reasons the Company has made various investments in private companies. The cost method of accounting is used to account for these investments as we hold a non-material ownership percentage and are written down to their estimated net realizable value when indications exist that these investments have been impaired. These investments are recorded in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and totaled $2.0 million at both December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As the basis for considering such assumptions, a three-tier value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions. This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. On a recurring basis, the Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, including its marketable securities and foreign currency contracts.

F-25


The Company’s cash and investment instruments are classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using inputs such as quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The types of instruments valued based on quoted market prices for identical assets in active markets include money market funds. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

The types of instruments valued based on other observable inputs include U.S. Treasury securities and other government agencies, corporate bonds and commercial paper. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s fixed income available-for-sale securities include U.S. Treasury securities and other government agencies (48%), corporate bonds (23%), commercial paper (13%), non-U.S. government securities (8%), and money market funds (8%). Included in available-for-sale securities is approximately $20.1 million of cash equivalents, which consist of investments with original maturities of three months or less and include money market funds.

The principal market where the Company executes its foreign currency contracts is the retail market in an over-the-counter environment with a relatively high level of price transparency. The market participants and the Company’s counterparties are large money center banks and regional banks. The Company’s foreign currency contracts valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and quoted pricing intervals from public data sources (specifically, spot exchange rates, LIBOR rates and credit default rates) and do not involve management judgment. These contracts are typically classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company’s Term Loan under its Credit Agreement is classified within Level 2 instruments as the borrowings are not actively traded and have a variable interest rate structure based upon market rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities. See Note 8. The Company has elected not to record its Term Loan at fair value, but has measured it at fair value for disclosure purpose. At December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the Term Loan approximated its estimated fair value based on observable market inputs.

During 2013, there were no transfers between the different levels of fair value measurements. At December 31, 2013, the fair value of the Company’s marketable securities and foreign currency contracts was determined using the following inputs (in thousands):

 

 

  

 

 

  

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

 

Description

  

Total

 

  

Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets

 

  

Significant Other
Observable Inputs

 

 

  

 

 

  

(Level 1)

 

  

(Level 2)

 

Assets:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fixed income available-for-sale securities(a)

  

$

211,151

  

  

$

17,596

  

  

$

193,555

  

Foreign currency forward contracts(b)

  

$

6,748

  

  

$

 

  

$

6,748

  

Liabilities:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign currency forward contracts(c)

  

$

6,780

  

  

$

 

  

$

6,780

  

 

(a)

Included in cash and cash equivalents and short- and long-term investments on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(b)

Included in short-term derivative asset as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(c)

Included in short-term derivative liability as other accrued liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

10. Business Risks and Credit Concentration:

The Company sells products and services which serve the communications equipment market globally. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are derived from sales of its products and their related services. A substantial majority of the Company’s revenue is from value-added resellers, distributors and service providers. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, one channel partner, ScanSource Communications, accounted for 16 %, 14%, and 14%, respectively, of the Company’s total net revenues. Any factors adversely affecting demand or supply for these products or services could materially adversely affect the Company’s business and financial performance. In particular, economic conditions worldwide have contributed from time to time to slowdowns in the communications and networking industries and have caused a negative impact on the specific segments and markets in which the Company operates. The Company has become increasingly exposed to these adverse changes in general economic conditions, which can result in reductions in capital expenditures by end-user customers for its products, longer sales cycles, the deferral or delay of purchase commitments for its products, and increased competition. These factors have adversely impacted the Company’s operating results in recent periods. Global economic concerns such as the varying pace of global economic recovery and the slowdown of government spending and softer demand in certain regions continue to create uncertainty and unpredictability which cause the Company to continue to be cautious about its future outlook. A global economic downturn would negatively impact technology spending for the Company’s products and services and could materially adversely affect its business, operating results and financial condition.

F-26


The Company subcontracts the manufacture of most of its products to Celestica, Askey, Foxconn and VTech, which are all third-party contract manufacturers. The Company uses Celestica’s facilities in Thailand and China, and Askey’s, Foxconn’s and VTech’s facilities in China and should there be any disruption in services due to natural disaster, terrorist acts, quarantines or other disruptions associated with infectious diseases, or economic or political difficulties in any of these countries or in Asia or for any other reason, such disruption would harm its business and results of operations. While the Company had begun to develop secondary manufacturing sources for certain products, Celestica’s facilities are currently the manufacturer for substantially all of these products, which means the Company is essentially sole-sourced for the manufacturing of such products, and if Celestica experiences an interruption in operations, suffers from capacity constraints, which may include constraints based on production demands from the Company as it grows its business, or is otherwise unable to meet the Company’s current or future production requirements the Company would experience a delay or inability to ship its products, which would have an immediate negative impact on its revenues. Moreover, any incapacitation of any of the Company’s or its subcontractors’ manufacturing sites, due to destruction, natural disaster or similar events could result in a loss of product inventory. As a result of any of the foregoing, the Company may not be able to meet demand for its products, which could negatively affect revenues in the quarter of the disruption or longer depending upon the magnitude of the event, and could harm its reputation. In addition, operating in the international environment exposes the Company to certain inherent risks, including unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and tariffs, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and potentially adverse tax consequences, all of which could harm the Company’s business and results of operations.

The Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments are maintained with a limited number of investment management companies and commercial banks and their international affiliates, and are invested in the form of demand deposit accounts, time deposits, savings accounts, money market accounts, corporate debt securities, government securities and municipal securities. Deposits in any one financial institution may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits and not all deposits and investments are covered by insurance.

The Company markets its products to distributors and end-users throughout the world. Management performs ongoing credit evaluations of the Company’s customers and maintains an allowance for potential credit losses. The Company’s credit risk may increase with the expansion of Polycom’s product offerings as customers place larger orders for initial stocking orders and its growth in emerging markets. There can be no assurance that the Company’s credit loss experience will remain at or near historical levels. At December 31, 2013, one customer from the Americas segment, ScanSource Communications, accounted for 11% of total gross accounts receivable. At December 31, 2012, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of gross accounts receivable.

The Company has purchased licenses for technology incorporated in its products. The value of these long-term assets is monitored for any impairment and if it is determined that a write-down is necessary, this charge could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. There were no such charges in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies:

Litigation and SEC Investigation:

From time to time, the Company is involved in claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company expects that the number and significance of these matters will increase over time. In particular, the Company expects to face an increasing number of patent and other intellectual property claims as the number of products and competitors in Polycom’s industry grows and the functionality of video, voice, data and web conferencing products overlap. Any claims or proceedings against the Company, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements which, if required, may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. If management believes that a loss arising from these matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, the Company will record a reserve for the loss. As additional information becomes available, any potential liability related to these matters is assessed and the estimates revised. Based on currently available information, management does not believe that the ultimate outcomes of these unresolved matters, individually and in the aggregate, are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and our view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations or liquidity for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs or becomes probable, and potentially in future periods.

Following the July 23, 2013 announcement regarding the departure of the Company’s former CEO, the SEC initiated an investigation, a class action lawsuit was filed, and two derivative lawsuits were filed, all as described below.

SEC Investigation

F-27


In July 2013, the Company was informed that the SEC was investigating the Audit Committee’s review of Mr. Miller’s expenses and his resignation. The investigation is ongoing, and the SEC has requested information from the Company. The Company is cooperating with the investigation.

Class Action Lawsuit

On July 26, 2013, a purported shareholder class action suit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against Polycom and certain of its current and former officers and directors. The lawsuit alleges that, between July 24, 2012 and July 23, 2013, Polycom issued materially false and misleading statements or failed to disclose information regarding Polycom’s business, operational and compliance policies, including with respect to its former Chief Executive Officer’s expense submissions and the Company’s internal controls, alleges that the Company’s financial statements were materially false and misleading, and alleges violations of the federal securities laws and seeks unspecified compensatory damages and other relief. On December 13, 2013, the Court appointed a lead plaintiff and approved lead and liaison counsel. Pursuant to the schedule entered by the Court, the lead plaintiff will file an amended consolidated complaint by February 24, 2014. At this time, the Company is unable to estimate any range of reasonably possible loss relating to the action.

Derivative Lawsuits

On August 21, 2013 and October 16, 2013, two purported shareholder derivative suits were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against certain of Polycom’s current and former officers and directors. On October 31, 2013, these two federal derivative actions were consolidated into one case. Plaintiffs have designated an operative complaint. On February 7, 2014, the Company filed motions to dismiss the complaint.

On November 22, 2013 and December 13, 2013, two purported shareholder derivative suits were filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara, against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. On January 31, 2014, these two California state derivative actions were consolidated into one case. Pursuant to the schedule entered by the Court, plaintiffs will file or designate an operative complaint by March 17, 2014.

The Federal and California state consolidated derivative lawsuits purport to assert claims on behalf of the Company, which is named as a nominal defendant in the actions. The complaints allege claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and corporate waste, and allege certain defendants failed to maintain adequate internal controls and issued, or authorized the issuance of, materially false and misleading statements, including with respect to Polycom’s former Chief Executive Officer’s expense submissions and the Company’s internal controls. The complaints further allege that certain defendants approved an unjustified separation agreement and caused Polycom to repurchase its own stock at artificially inflated prices. The complaints seek unspecified compensatory damages, corporate governance reforms, and other relief. At this time, the Company is unable to estimate any range of reasonably possible loss relating to the actions.

Standby Letters of Credit:

The Company has standby letters of credit totaling approximately $7.3 million and $7.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

License Agreements:

The Company enters into various license agreements in the normal course of business and the cost of these agreements are amortized over the expected life of the respective agreements. The cost of these agreements and the amounts amortized in the years presented, both combined and individually, are not significant.

F-28


Leases:

The Company leases certain office facilities and equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring between 2014 and 2023. As of December 31, 2013, the following future minimum lease payments are due under the current lease obligations (in thousands). There were no sublease income assumptions included in the future minimum lease payments, as the amounts are not material. In addition to these minimum lease payments, the Company is contractually obligated under the majority of its operating leases to pay certain operating expenses during the term of the lease such as maintenance, taxes and insurance.

 

 

  

Minimum
Lease
Payments

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

 

 

2014

  

 $

32,637

  

2015

  

 

27,294

  

2016

  

 

20,125

  

2017

  

 

17,701

  

2018

  

 

15,592

  

Thereafter

  

 

48,839

  

Total

  

$

162,188

  

Rent expense, including the effect of any future rent escalations or rent holiday periods, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, which is deemed to commence upon the Company gaining access and control of the facility. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $32.2 million, $32.8 million, and $28.5 million, respectively. The difference between the monthly contractual rental payment and the straight-line monthly lease obligation for a multi-year lease agreement is accounted for as a deferred lease obligation. The short-term deferred lease obligation included in other accrued liabilities was $1.0 million and less than $0.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The long-term deferred lease obligation included in other long-term liabilities was $16.0 million and $11.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In the event the Company does not exercise its option to extend the term of any of its leases, or when any of these leases expire, the Company may incur certain costs to restore the properties to conditions in place at the time of commencement of the lease. The Company is unable to estimate the fair value of these restoration costs as these costs cannot be determined until the end of the lease term and at times can be based on the landlord’s discretion and subsequent negotiations between the landlord and the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these costs would be significant.

 

12. Foreign Currency Derivatives:

The Company maintains a foreign currency risk management program that is designed to reduce the volatility of the Company’s economic value from the effects of unanticipated currency fluctuations. International operations generate both revenues and costs denominated in foreign currencies. The Company’s policy is to hedge significant foreign currency revenues and costs to improve margin visibility and reduce earnings volatility associated with unexpected changes in currency.

Non-Designated Hedges

The Company hedges its net foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities monthly, primarily resulting from foreign currency denominated receivables and payables with foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the risk that the Company’s earnings and cash flows will be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These derivative instruments are carried at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded as interest and other income (expense), net. These derivative instruments do not subject the Company to material balance sheet risk due to exchange rate movements because gains and losses on these derivatives are intended to offset remeasurement gains and losses on the hedged assets and liabilities. The Company executes non-designated foreign exchange forward contracts primarily denominated in Euros, British Pounds, Israeli Shekels, Brazilian Reais, Japanese Yen, and Mexican Pesos.

F-29


The following table summarizes the Company’s notional position by currency, and approximate U.S. dollar equivalent, at December 31, 2013 of the outstanding non-designated hedges (foreign currency and dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

  

Original Maturities
of 360 Days or Less

 

  

Original Maturities
of Greater than 360 Days

 

 

  

Foreign
Currency

 

  

USD
Equivalent

 

  

Positions

 

  

Foreign
Currency

 

  

USD
Equivalent

 

  

Positions

 

Brazilian Real

  

 

3,022

  

  

$

1,290

  

  

 

Buy

  

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

Brazilian Real

  

 

8,460

  

  

$

3,557

  

  

 

Sell

  

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

British Pound

  

 

3,978

  

  

$

6,540

  

  

 

Buy

  

  

 

10,595

  

  

$

16,750

  

  

 

Buy

  

British Pound

  

 

2,338

  

  

$

3,863

  

  

 

Sell

  

  

 

13,176

  

  

$

20,422

  

  

 

Sell

  

Euro

  

 

2,983

  

  

$

4,110

  

  

 

Buy

  

  

 

11,608

  

  

$

15,640

  

  

 

Buy

  

Euro

  

 

6,463

  

  

$

8,892

  

  

 

Sell

  

  

 

48,654

  

  

$

65,842

  

  

 

Sell

  

Israeli Shekel

  

 

22,156

  

  

$

6,394

  

  

 

Buy

  

  

 

49,055

  

  

$

13,103

  

  

 

Buy

  

Israeli Shekel

  

 

58,148

  

  

$

16,670

  

  

 

Sell

  

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

Japanese Yen

  

 

333,876

  

  

$

3,180

  

  

 

Buy

  

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

Japanese Yen

  

 

741,012

  

  

$

7,137

  

  

 

Sell

  

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

Mexican Peso

  

 

9,289

  

  

$

710

  

  

 

Buy

  

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

Mexican Peso

  

 

20,547

  

  

$

1,564

  

  

 

Sell

  

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

The following table shows the effect of the Company’s non-designated hedges in the consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging
Instruments

 

Location of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative

 

Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

$(411)

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company’s foreign exchange risk management program objective is to reduce volatility in the Company’s economic value from unanticipated foreign currency fluctuations. The Company designates forward contracts as cash flow hedges of foreign currency revenues and expenses, primarily the Chinese Yuan, Euro, British Pound and Israeli Shekel. All foreign exchange contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets and the maximum duration of foreign exchange forward contracts do not exceed thirteen months. Speculation is prohibited by policy.

To receive hedge accounting treatment, all cash flow hedging relationships are formally designated at hedge inception, and tested both prospectively and retrospectively to ensure the forward contracts are highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash flows on the hedged transactions. The Company records effective spot to spot changes in these cash flow hedges in accumulated other comprehensive income until they are reclassified to revenue, cost of revenues, or operating expenses together with the hedged transaction. The time value on forward contracts is excluded from effectiveness testing and recorded in interest and other income (expense), net over the life of the contract together with any ineffective portion of the hedge.

The following tables show the effect of the Company’s derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI—Effective
Portion

 

 

Location of Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from OCI into
Income—Effective
Portion

 

Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI
into Income—
Effective
Portion

 

 

Location of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized—Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing

 

 

Gain or (Loss)
Recognized—
Ineffective
Portion and
Amount Excluded
from Effectiveness
Testing(a)

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

1,374

 

 

Product revenues

 

$

207

 

 

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

 

$

368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and 
development

 

 

1,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and 

administrative

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,374

 

 

 

 

$

2,308

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

368

 

F-30


 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI—Effective
Portion

 

 

Location of Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from OCI into
Income—Effective
Portion

 

Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI
into Income—
Effective Portion

 

 

Location of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized—Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing

 

 

Gain or (Loss)
Recognized—
Ineffective
Portion and
Amount Excluded
from Effectiveness
Testing(a)

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

1,018

 

 

Product revenues

 

$

7,133

 

 

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

 

$

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

(607

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

(974

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and 
development

 

 

(774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

General and 
administrative

 

 

(1,044

)

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

Total

 

$

1,018

 

 

 

 

$

3,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

42

 

 

(a)

For the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no gains or losses for the ineffective portion. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the loss recorded for the ineffective portion was immaterial.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company estimated all values reported in accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified to income within the next twelve months.

In the event the underlying forecasted transaction does not occur, or it becomes probable that it will not occur, the related hedge gains and losses on the cash flow hedge would be immediately reclassified to interest and other income (expense), net on the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no such gains or losses.

The following table summarizes the Company’s notional position by currency, and approximate U.S. dollar equivalent, at December 31, 2013 of the outstanding cash flow hedges, all of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet (foreign currency and dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

  

Original Maturities
of 360 Days or Less

 

  

Original Maturities
of Greater than 360 Days

 

 

  

Foreign
Currency

 

  

USD
Equivalent

 

  

Positions

 

  

Foreign
Currency

 

  

USD
Equivalent

 

  

Positions

 

Chinese Yuan

  

 

91,600

 

  

$

14,973

 

  

 

Buy

 

 

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

Euro

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

  

 

25,192

  

  

$

33,301

  

  

 

Buy

  

Euro

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

  

 

54,146

  

  

$

71,802

  

  

 

Sell

  

British Pound

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

  

 

20,705

  

  

$

32,115

  

  

 

Buy

  

British Pound

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

  

 

18,824

  

  

$

29,421

  

  

 

Sell

  

Israeli Shekel

  

 

 

  

$

 

  

 

 

  

 

87,345

  

  

$

24,085

  

  

 

Buy

  

The estimates of fair value are based on applicable and commonly quoted prices and prevailing financial market information as of December 31, 2013. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the fair value measurements for all financial assets and liabilities, including derivative assets and derivative liabilities that are measured at fair value in the Consolidated Financial Statements on a recurring basis. The following table sets forth the Company’s derivative instruments measured at gross fair value as reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Fair Value of
Derivatives Designated
as Hedge Instruments

 

 

Fair Value of Derivatives
Not Designated as Hedge
Instruments

 

 

Fair Value of
Derivatives Designated
as Hedge Instruments

 

 

Fair Value of Derivatives
Not Designated as Hedge
Instruments

 

Derivative assets(a):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

4,457

  

 

$

2,291

  

 

$

2,992

  

 

$

1,166

  

Derivative liabilities(b):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

4,235

  

 

$

2,545

  

 

$

1,760

  

 

$

1,513

  

F-31


 

(a)

All derivative assets are recorded as prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(b)

All derivative liabilities are recorded as other accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Offsetting Derivative Assets and Liabilities

The Company has entered into master netting arrangements with each of its derivative counterparties. These arrangements afford the right to net derivative assets against liabilities with the same counterparty. Under certain default provisions, the Company has the right to setoff any other amounts payable to the payee whether or not arising under this agreement. As a result of the netting provisions, the Company’s maximum amount of loss under derivative transactions due to credit risk is limited to the net amounts due from the counterparties under the derivative contracts. Although netting is permitted, it is currently the Company’s policy and practice to record all derivative assets and liabilities on a gross basis in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following table sets forth the offsetting of derivative assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Amounts

 

 

Of Assets

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

 

Offset in the

 

 

Presented In the

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Financial

 

 

Collateral

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

Balance Sheets

 

 

Balance Sheets

 

 

Instruments

 

 

Pledged

 

 

Amount

 

As of December 31, 2013:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

  

$

6,748

  

  

$

 

  

$

6,748

  

  

$

(5,643

 

$

 

  

$

1,105

  

As of December 31, 2012:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

  

$

4,158

  

  

$

 

  

$

4,158

  

  

$

(3,227

 

$

 

  

$

931

  

The following table sets forth the offsetting of derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Amounts

 

 

Of Assets

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

 

Offset in the

 

 

Presented In the

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Financial

 

 

Collateral

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

Balance Sheets

 

 

Balance Sheets

 

 

Instruments

 

 

Pledged

 

 

Amount

 

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

6,780

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,780

 

 

$

(5,643

)

 

$

 

 

$

1,137

 

As of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

3,273

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,273

 

 

$

(3,227

)

 

$

 

 

$

46

 

 

13. Stockholders’ Equity and Stock-based Employee Benefit Plans:

 

Share Repurchase Programs:

 

From time to time, the Company’s Board of Directors has approved plans under which the Company may at its discretion purchase shares of its common stock in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company purchased 45.2 million shares and 5.1 million shares, respectively, of common stock for cash of $502.3 million and $55.0 million, respectively. The purchase price for the shares of the Company’s stock repurchased is recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. The excess of the cost of treasury stock that is retired over the fair value based on the calculated average price in equity is recorded as a charge to retained earnings.

In September 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of $400.0 million, or approximately 20 percent, of the Company’s outstanding common stock (“Return of Capital Program”), through a $250.0 million modified “Dutch Auction” self-tender offer (the “Tender Offer”) and subsequent open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. The Company funded the program with $150.0 million in cash and its $250.0 million Term Loan (see Note 8).

Modified “Dutch Auction” Self-Tender Offer

F-32


The Tender Offer expired on October 30, 2013. The Company accepted for payment an aggregate of 27.4 million shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $10.40 per share, for an aggregate cost of approximately $285.4 million, excluding fees and expenses relating to the Tender Offer. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value on the date the shares were tendered was not material and no charge was recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The costs associated with the Tender Offer were accounted for as an adjustment to the stockholder’s equity.

Accelerated Share Repurchase Agreements

On December 4, 2013, the Company entered into separate accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) agreements with two financial institutions to repurchase an aggregate of $114.6 million of common stock as part of the concluding phase of the Company’s $400.0 million Return of Capital Program. Under the terms of the ASR agreements, the Company paid an aggregate $114.6 million of cash and received an initial delivery of approximately 8.0 million shares on December 5, 2013 that were valued at approximately $86.7 million, based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of delivery. Those initially repurchased shares were retired and accounted for as a reduction to stockholder’s equity. The final number of shares to be repurchased will be based on the Company’s volume-weighted average stock price (“VWAP”) less an agreed upon discount during the term of the transactions. The purchase price for the shares to be settled pursuant to the holdback provision of the ASR agreements was approximately $27.9 million, based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on December 5, 2013, and was accounted for as a forward contract indexed to the Company’s own common stock, which was classified as an equity instrument and was recorded as a decrease in additional paid-in capital on the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. The costs associated with the ASR transactions were recorded as an adjustment to the stockholder’s equity. Additionally, the Company accounted for the ASR transactions as repurchases of common stock for the purpose of calculating its earnings per share. The transactions are expected to be completed by June 30, 2014 or earlier at the option of the counterparties, or later under certain circumstances. The terms of the ASR agreements are subject to changes if the Company were to enter into or announce certain types of transactions. If the Company is obligated to make an adjustment payment, based on the VWAP, to the counterparties upon settlement, the Company may elect to satisfy such obligation in cash or in shares of Polycom’s common stock.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, by component for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands). The tax effects were not shown separately, as the impacts were not material.

 

 

  

Unrealized

Gains and Losses on Cash
Flow Hedges

 

 

Unrealized Gains and Losses on
Available-for-
Sale Securities

 

  

Foreign
Currency
Translation

 

  

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  

$

1,014

  

 

$

2

  

  

$

3,180

  

  

$

4,196

  

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

  

 

1,374

  

 

 

18

  

  

 

1,039

  

  

 

2,431

  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (a)

  

 

(2,308

 

 

53

  

  

 

  

  

 

(2,255

Net current-period other comprehensive income

  

 

(934

 

 

71

  

  

 

1,039

  

  

 

176

  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  

$

80

  

 

$

73

  

  

$

4,219

  

  

$

4,372

  

 

(a)

See Note 12 for details of gains and losses, net of taxes, reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income related to cash flow hedges and each line item of net income affected by the reclassification. Gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities were reclassified into interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, net of taxes.

Stock Option Plans:

On May 26, 2011, stockholders approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (“2011 Plan”) and reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan 19,800,000 shares, terminating any remaining shares available for grant under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan”) as of such date. To the extent any shares, not to exceed 13,636,548 shares, would be returned to the 2004 Plan or the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (“1996 Plan”) as a result of expiration, cancellation or forfeiture, those shares instead are added to the reserve of shares available under the 2011 Plan.

Under the terms of the 2004 Plan and the 2011 Plan, options may not be granted at prices lower than fair market value at the date of grant. Options granted expire seven years from the date of grant and are only exercisable upon vesting. The Company settles

F-33


employee stock option exercises with newly issued common shares. There were no options granted in 2013 and 2011. In 2012, the Company granted 479,571 non-qualified stock option shares to certain employees. Per the terms of the option grant, 50% of the options vest on the one year anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 50% will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date. The weighted-average estimated fair value of non-qualified stock options granted in 2012 was $4.45 per share.

Performance Shares and Restricted Stock Units:

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may also grant performance shares and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the 2011 Plan to officers, non-employee directors, and certain other employees as a component of the Company’s broad-based equity compensation program. Performance shares represent a commitment by the Company to deliver shares of Polycom common stock at a future point in time, subject to the fulfillment by the Company of pre-defined performance criteria. Such awards will be earned only if performance targets over the performance periods established by or under the direction of the Compensation Committee are met. The number of performance shares subject to vesting is determined at the end of a given performance period. Generally, if the performance criteria are deemed achieved, performance shares will vest from one to three years from the anniversary of the grant date. RSUs are time-based awards that generally vest over a period of one to three years from the date of grant.

During 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company granted performance shares to certain employees and executives which contain a market condition based on Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and which measure the Company’s relative performance against the NASDAQ Composite Index. Such performance shares will be delivered in common stock at the end of the vesting period based on the Company’s actual performance compared to the target performance criteria and may equal from zero percent (0%) to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the target award. The fair value of a performance share with a market condition is estimated on the date of award, using a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the total return ranking of the Company’s stock among the NASDAQ Composite Index companies over each performance period.

The Company also granted RSUs during 2013, 2012 and 2011. The fair value of RSUs is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award. The awards generally vest over one to three years in equal annual installments on each anniversary of the date of grant and will be delivered in common stock at the end of each vesting period. Stock-based compensation expense for the RSUs is recognized using the graded vesting method.

During 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company granted non-employee directors annual awards of RSUs. The awards vest quarterly over approximately one year from the date of grant. The fair value of these awards is the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for these awards is amortized over six months from the date of grant due to voluntary termination provisions contained in the underlying agreements.

Activity under the above plans for the year ended December 31, 2013 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding Options

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)

 

 

 

Shares
Available for
Grant(1)

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

 

Weighted Avg
Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted Avg
Contractual
Term (Years)

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2012

  

 

9,230,011

  

 

 

1,440,133

  

 

$

12.68

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Additional shares available for grant (2)

  

 

10,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance shares granted

  

 

(3,202,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Performance shares forfeited

  

 

3,808,784

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Restricted stock units granted

  

 

(9,802,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Restricted stock units forfeited

  

 

3,277,890

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Options granted

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Options exercised

  

 

 

 

 

(282,396

 

$

10.10

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Options forfeited

  

 

460,519

  

 

 

(460,519

 

$

12.80

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Options expired

  

 

(70

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2013

  

 

14,272,794

  

 

 

697,218

  

 

$

13.64

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013 (3)

  

 

 

 

 

689,924

  

 

$

13.66

  

  

 

2.73

  

  

$

36

  

 

(1)

For purposes of this table, shares are counted on a fungible basis for full value award activity.

(2)

Approved by stockholders on June 5, 2013.

(3)

Options expected to vest are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumption to total outstanding options.

The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.3 million, $3.1 million and $19.3 million, respectively.

F-34


As of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, 525,180, 963,873, and 1,644,733 outstanding options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $14.31, $13.22, and $11.37, respectively.

The options outstanding and currently exercisable by exercise price at December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

 

  

Stock Options Outstanding

 

  

Stock Options Exercisable

 

Range of Exercise Price

  

Number
Outstanding

 

  

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Yrs)

 

  

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

  

Number
Exercisable

 

  

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Yrs)

 

  

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

$0.75-$0.75

  

 

3,477

  

  

 

2.44

  

  

$

0.75

  

  

 

3,100

  

  

 

 

 

  

$

0.75

  

$11.61-$11.61

  

 

351,818

  

  

 

5.02

  

  

$

11.61

  

  

 

180,157

  

  

 

 

 

  

$

11.61

  

$11.67-$16.65

  

 

198,133

  

  

 

0.66

  

  

$

14.72

  

  

 

198,133

  

  

 

 

 

  

$

14.72

  

$17.42-$17.42

  

 

143,790

  

  

 

0.10

  

  

$

17.42

  

  

 

143,790

  

  

 

 

 

  

$

17.42

  

 

  

 

697,218

  

  

 

2.76

  

  

$

13.64

  

  

 

525,180

  

  

 

1.97

  

  

$

14.31

  

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable at December 31, 2013 was approximately $36,000 and $32,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, total compensation cost related to nonvested stock options not yet recognized was $0.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over the next 5 months on a weighted-average basis.

The following table summarizes the changes in unvested performance shares and RSUs and non-employee director RSUs for 2013:

 

 

  

Number of
Shares (1)

 

 

Weighted Avg
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

Unvested shares at December 31, 2012

  

 

8,305,508

  

 

$

17.03

  

Performance shares granted

  

 

1,836,284

  

 

$

9.30

 

Restricted stock units granted (2)

  

 

5,870,349

  

 

$

10.24

 

Performance shares vested and issued

  

 

(156,128

 

$

9.74

 

Restricted stock units vested and issued

  

 

(2,672,336

 

$

15.98

 

Performance shares forfeited

  

 

(2,096,944

 

$

15.95

 

Restricted stock units forfeited

  

 

(1,881,271

 

$

13.29

 

Unvested shares at December 31, 2013

  

 

9,205,462

  

 

$

12.59

  

 

(1)

For purposes of this table, shares are counted on a one-for-one basis, not on a fungible share counting basis.

(2)

Includes 126,666 restricted stock units granted to non-employee directors.

As of December 31, 2013, there was approximately $65.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 13 months. The total fair value of shares vested in 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $44.2 million, $43.4 million, and $36.6 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

During the third quarter of 2011, the Company revised the administration of its Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) from a six-month offering and purchase period to a two-year offering period with four six-month purchase periods. Under the current ESPP, the Company can grant stock purchase rights to all eligible employees during a two-year offering period with purchase dates at the end of each six-month purchase period (each January and July). Participants lock in a purchase price per share at the beginning of the offering period upon plan enrollment. If the stock price on any subsequent offering period enrollment date is less than the lock-in price, the ESPP has a reset feature that automatically withdraws and re-enrolls participants into a new two-year offering period. Further, the ESPP permits participants to increase or decrease contribution elections at the end of a purchase period for future purchase periods within the same offering period. Shares are purchased through employees’ payroll deductions, currently up to a maximum of 15% of employees’ compensation, at purchase prices equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at either the date of the employee’s entrance to the offering period or the purchase date. No participant may purchase more than $25,000 worth of common stock in any one calendar year period, or 10,000 shares of common stock on any one purchase date. As of December 31, 2013, there were 5,259,136 shares available to be issued under the ESPP. During 2013, 2012, and 2011, 2,904,287 shares, 1,867,683 shares, and 1,143,614 shares, respectively, were purchased at an average per share price of $7.41, $11.24, and $15.19, respectively.

F-35


The Company modified the terms of certain existing awards under its ESPP. The modifications that occurred in 2013 were due to increases in contribution elections for future purchase periods by certain participants, as well as a result of the stock price as of the new offering period date being lower than it was on the initial enrollment date, which triggered the reset and rollover feature of the ESPP and resulted in a cumulative $1.4 million of incremental expenses to be recognized over the vesting period. Approximately $7.9 million of incremental expenses (including those from modifications that occurred in 2012) was recognized in 2013. The modifications that occurred in 2012 were due to the stock price as of the new offering period date being lower than it was on the initial enrollment date, which triggered the reset and rollover feature of the ESPP and resulted in a cumulative $20.6 million of incremental expenses, $10.2 million of which was recognized in 2012. There were no such modifications in 2011.

 

Valuation and Information

 

Stock-based Compensation Expense

 

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense recorded and its allocation within the Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

  

2011

 

Cost of sales—product

  

$

2,892

  

  

$

3,593

  

  

$

2,501

  

Cost of sales—service

  

 

5,852

  

  

 

6,611

  

  

 

3,766

  

          Stock-based compensation expense included in cost of sales

  

 

8,744

  

  

 

10,204

  

  

 

6,267

  

Sales and marketing

  

 

26,570

  

  

 

36,791

  

  

 

27,022

  

Research and development

  

 

15,634

  

  

 

20,195

  

  

 

14,850

  

General and administrative

  

 

13,517

  

  

 

21,571

  

  

 

15,714

  

          Stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses

  

 

55,721

  

  

 

78,557

  

  

 

57,586

  

Stock-based compensation expense

  

 

64,465

  

  

 

88,761

  

  

 

63,853

  

Less: tax benefit

  

 

11,174

  

  

 

21,880

  

  

 

5,134

  

Stock-based compensation costs related to employee equity awards and employee stock purchases, net of tax

  

$

53,291

  

  

$

66,881

  

  

$

58,719

  

Stock-based compensation expense is not allocated to segments because it is separately maintained at the corporate level. In 2013, the Company capitalized approximately $0.2 million of stock-based compensation costs in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy for software development costs. There were no such costs capitalized in 2012 and 2011.  

Valuation Assumptions:

The weighted-average estimated fair value of stock options granted in 2012 was $4.45 per share. The Company did not grant any stock options in 2013 and 2011.

The fair value of each employee stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model based on the following assumptions:

 

 

  

2012

 

Expected volatility

  

 

51.24

Risk-free interest rate

  

 

0.5

Expected dividends

  

 

Expected life (yrs)

  

 

3.70

  

The estimated fair value per share of employee stock purchase rights granted pursuant to ESPP in 2013, 2012, and 2011 ranged from $2.60 to $4.57, from $2.69 to $8.40, and from $5.51 to $9.98, respectively, and was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model based on the following assumptions:

 

 

  

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Expected volatility

  

42.40-48.89

%

 

48.27-61.78

%

 

39.57

%

Risk-free interest rate

  

0.08-0.35

%

 

0.09-0.24

%

 

0.24

%

Expected dividends

  

%

 

%

 

%

Expected life (yrs)

  

0.5-2.0

 

 

0.5-2.0

 

 

1.03

 

The fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase rights is recognized as expense using the graded vesting method.

F-36


The Company computed its expected volatility assumption based on blended volatility (50% historical volatility and 50% implied volatility). The selection of the blended volatility assumption was based upon the Company’s assessment that blended volatility is more representative of the Company’s future stock price trends as it weighs in the longer term historical volatility with the near term future implied volatility.

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon published interest rates appropriate for the expected life of the Company’s employee stock options and stock purchase rights.

The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history of not paying dividends and no future expectations of dividend payouts.

The expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and was determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules, and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of its stock-based awards. The expected life of employee stock purchase rights represents the contractual terms of the underlying program.

As the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, such amounts have been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant based on the Company’s historical experience and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

14. Employee Benefits Plans:

401(k) Plan:

The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the Polycom 401(k) Plan), which covers the majority of employees in the United States. Each eligible employee may elect to contribute to the Polycom 401(k) Plan, through payroll deductions, the lesser of 60% of their eligible compensation or $17,500 in 2013, subject to current statutory limitations. The Company does not offer its own stock as an investment option in the Polycom 401(k) Plan. The Company, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, may make matching contributions to the Polycom 401(k) Plan. The Company matches in cash 50% of the first 6% of compensation employees contribute to the Polycom 401(k) Plan, up to a certain maximum per participating employee per year. For the 2013, 2012, and 2011 fiscal years, the maximum Company cash match was $2,000 per participating employee per year. The Polycom 401(k) Plan provides that employees who are projected to be age 50 or older by the end of each year and have elected to contribute to the Polycom 401(k) Plan may also make a catch-up contribution of up to $5,500.

The Company’s contributions to the Polycom 401(k) Plan totaled approximately $3.0 million in each year of 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

15. Income Taxes:

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Income tax expense from continuing operations:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

  

$

(953

)  

 

$

44,569

  

 

$

3,825

  

State

  

 

(72

)  

 

 

3,283

  

 

 

2,240

  

Foreign

  

 

8,604

  

 

 

9,488

  

 

 

6,445

  

 

  

 

7,579

  

 

 

57,340

  

 

 

12,510

  

Deferred

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

  

 

(10,715

 

 

(13,372

 

 

(3,528

State

  

 

(818

 

 

(1,308

)

 

 

433

  

Foreign

  

 

285

 

 

 

(3,193

 

 

(3,191

)  

 

  

 

(11,248

 

 

(17,873

 

 

(6,286

Total income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations

  

$

(3,669

)  

 

$

39,467

  

 

$

6,224

  

Income tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations

  

$

96

 

 

$

(29,311

)  

 

$

6,160

  

F-37


Included in income tax (benefit) expense from discontinued operations in 2012 is a tax benefit of $35.4 million recorded on the sale of the Company’s EWS business, as discussed in Note 3.

Income from continuing operations before income taxes is categorized geographically as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

  

2011

 

United States

  

$

(17,823

 

$

(37,025

  

$

25,394

  

Foreign

  

 

(4,381

)  

 

 

39,523

  

  

 

105,760

  

Total income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  

$

(22,204

)  

 

$

2,498

  

  

$

131,154

  

The Company’s tax provision from continuing operations differs from the provision computed using statutory tax rates as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year ended December 31,

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Federal tax at statutory rate

  

$

(7,771

)  

 

$

2,194

  

 

$

46,827

  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

  

 

(1,571

)  

 

 

2,354

  

 

 

2,673

  

Non-deductible share based compensation

  

 

2,900

  

 

 

6,143

  

 

 

3,467

  

Foreign income at tax rates different than U.S. rates

  

 

7,104

 

 

 

(10,176

 

 

(37,980

Changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions

  

 

(2,497

 

 

(3,926

 

 

(8,852

Research and development tax credit

  

 

(4,243

 

 

(268

 

 

(3,008

Domestic production activities deduction

  

 

(757

 

 

(1,136

 

 

(574

Gain on intercompany debt

  

 

 

 

 

36,163

  

 

 

 

Non-deductible executive compensation

  

 

460

  

 

 

358

  

 

 

438

  

Subpart F income

  

 

716

  

 

 

657

  

 

 

657

  

Non-deductible acquisition and divestiture costs

  

 

(355

)  

 

 

4,782

  

 

 

1,025

 

Sale of intellectual property

  

 

2,947

  

 

 

2,356

  

 

 

1,424

 

Foreign tax credit

  

 

(359

 

 

(264

 

 

(211

Other

  

 

(243

)  

 

 

230

  

 

 

338

  

Tax provision (benefit)

  

$

(3,669

)  

 

$

39,467

  

 

$

6,224

  

 

During 2012, the Company implemented a global restructuring program that was designed to accommodate the trend toward more software and virtual based solutions versus a traditional hardware distribution model. As part of the restructuring, $38.8 million in federal and state taxes were recorded in 2012 on the financing of the global restructuring.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are presented below (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

Property and equipment, net, principally due to differences in depreciation

  

$

6,508

  

 

$

8,208

  

Capitalized research and development costs

  

 

425

  

 

 

504

  

Acquired intangibles

  

 

3,742

 

 

 

2,274

 

Inventory

  

 

6,910

  

 

 

5,887

  

Restructuring reserves

  

 

10,214

  

 

 

2,851

  

Deferred revenue

  

 

13,699

  

 

 

13,964

  

Other reserves

  

 

17,570

  

 

 

16,442

  

Share-based compensation

  

 

15,906

  

 

 

20,065

  

Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards

  

 

2,511

  

 

 

3,302

  

Tax credit carryforwards

  

 

16,457

  

 

 

12,977

  

Deferred tax asset

  

 

93,942

  

 

 

86,474

  

Acquired intangibles

  

 

(2,249

 

 

(6,226

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

  

$

91,693

  

 

$

80,248

  

Valuation allowance

  

 

(3,359

 

 

(3,161

Net deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance

  

$

88,334

  

 

$

77,087

  

 

F-38


As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $1.3 million in tax effected net operating loss carryforwards, $1.2 million in tax effected capital loss carryforwards, and $16.5 million in tax effected credit carryforwards. All of the net operating loss carryforwards and $0.1 million in credits relate to acquisitions and, as a result, are limited in the amount that can be recognized in any one year. The capital loss and net operating loss carryforward assets and tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2015. Included in the net deferred tax asset balance is a $3.4 million valuation allowance, $2.9 million of which relates to research credits in a jurisdiction with a history of credits in excess of taxable profits, and $0.5 million of which relates to foreign tax credit carryforwards.

The Company provides for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless they are considered permanently invested outside of the U.S. At December 31, 2013, the cumulative amount of earnings upon which U.S. income tax has not been provided is approximately $304.4 million. It is not practicable to determine the income tax liability that might be incurred if these earnings were to be repatriated to the U.S.

Excess tax benefits associated with stock option exercises are credited to stockholders’ equity. The reductions of income taxes payable resulting from the exercise of employee stock options and other employee stock programs that were credited to stockholders’ equity were approximately $5.1 million and $13.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The Company has been granted a beneficial tax status by the Israeli tax authorities for income earned in Israel. Under the terms, the Company is eligible for significant tax rate reductions following the first year in which the Company has Israeli taxable income after consideration of tax losses carried forward. The tax rates for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 9.1%, 5.0% and 3.8%, respectively. The Company successfully applied for an extension of the beneficial tax status in 2012 and has been granted tax rate reductions effective through 2021. The Company realized tax savings of $0.1 million in 2013, $4.8 million in 2012 ($0.03 per diluted share) and $5.2 million in 2011 ($0.03 per diluted share). There was no material impact on earnings per share for the Israel tax savings in 2013. The reduced tax rates, as well as other tax benefits, are conditional upon the Company fulfilling the terms stipulated under the Israeli law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments of 1959.

Effective 2008, the Company has been granted a beneficial tax status by the Singapore Economic Development Board for income earned in Singapore. Under the terms, the Company is eligible for a tax rate reduction from 17% to 10% on qualified income. The reduced tax rate is conditional upon fulfillment of the terms stipulated by the Singapore Economic Development Board and is currently effective through 2013. In 2013, the Company was granted an extension of the beneficial tax status for subsequent periods through 2015. The Company expects to reapply for subsequent periods after expiration. The tax savings realized were $0.3 million in 2013, $0.6 million in 2012, and $0.5 million in 2011. The tax holiday in Singapore did not have a material impact on earnings per share.

 

In addition, beginning in 2008, the Company’s subsidiary in China was granted High-New Technology Enterprise (“HNTE”) Recognition under which the Company’s tax rate is reduced from 25% to 15%. The tax savings realized were $1.1 million in 2013 ($0.01 per diluted share) and $0.7 million in 2011. There were no tax savings in 2012. From 2014 the Company may not qualify for the HNTE status and will apply for recognition as a Total Advisory Services Corporation (“TASC”). The rate reduction would be from 25% to 15%. The tax holiday in China did not have a material impact on earnings per share unless noted.

Also in 2008, the Company’s subsidiary in Thailand was granted Regional Headquarters Status (“RHS”). Under the RHS status, the statutory tax rate of 20% was reduced to 10% in 2013, from 23% to 10% in 2012, and from 30% to 10% in 2011. The associated tax savings were $0.2 million in 2013, $0.3 million in 2012, and $0.5 million in 2011. The beneficial tax status for Thailand will remain in effect as long as the Company meets the statutory requirements for qualification. The tax holiday in Thailand did not have a material impact on earnings per share for any year.

In 2013, the Company recorded reserve reductions of $2.4 million, all of which were due to the expiration of statutes of limitation in both the U.S and foreign jurisdictions.

In 2012, the Company recorded reserve reductions of $10.0 million, $0.8 million of which was paid in settlement of a multi-year state tax audit, and $5.7 million of which was due to a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits for research credits from acquired companies. The expiration of statutes of limitation in both the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions also resulted in reserve releases of $3.5 million.

In 2011, the Company recorded reserve releases of $8.1 million, $6.9 million of which was due to the resolution of multi-year tax audits. The expiration of statutes of limitation in both the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions resulted in reserve releases of $0.8 million, and $0.4 million in reserve releases was due to changes in foreign exchange rates.

F-39


The aggregate changes in the balance of the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Beginning balance

  

$

23,049

  

 

$

32,408

  

 

$

36,923

  

Additions based on tax positions taken during a prior period

  

 

 

 

 

304

  

 

 

1,130

  

Reductions based on tax positions taken during a prior period

  

 

 

 

 

(5,690

 

 

(415

Additions based on tax positions taken during the current period

  

 

1,414

  

 

 

310

  

 

 

2,411

  

Reductions related to settlement of tax matters

  

 

 

 

 

(807

 

 

(6,873

Reductions related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

  

 

(2,451

 

 

(3,476

 

 

(768

Ending balance

  

$

22,012

  

 

$

23,049

  

 

$

32,408

  

 

Included in the balance as of December 31, 2013 is $22.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits which would affect income tax expense if recognized.

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of both December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $1.5 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

By the end of 2014, uncertain tax positions may be reduced as a result of a lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations or the resolutions of ongoing audits in various jurisdictions. The Company anticipates that the reduction in 2014 will approximate $0.9 million and the reserve releases would be recorded as adjustments to tax expense in the period released.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2010. Foreign income tax matters for most foreign jurisdictions have been concluded for years through 2007 except Hong Kong and Singapore, which have been concluded for years through 2006 and India, which is closed for years up through March 1, 2004; Brazil, China, and Israel, which have been concluded for years through 2008 and France and the United Kingdom which have been concluded for years through 2009.

 

F-40


16. Net Income Per Share:

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per-share amounts):

 

 

  

Year ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Numerator

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(18,535

 

$

(36,969

 

$

124,930

  

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

9,888

  

 

 

9,906

  

Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

459

  

 

 

35,425

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  

$

(18,076

)  

 

$

8,344

  

 

$

134,836

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic

  

 

167,272

  

 

 

176,878

  

 

 

176,426

  

Effect of dilutive potential common shares

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,769

  

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted

 

 

167,272

  

 

 

176,878

  

 

 

181,195

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.11

 

$

(0.21

 

$

0.71

  

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.06

  

 

 

0.06

  

Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.20

  

 

 

 

 

  

$

(0.11

)  

 

$

0.05

  

 

$

0.76

  

Diluted net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.11

 

$

(0.21

 

$

0.69

  

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.06

  

 

 

0.05

  

Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

  

 

 

 

 

0.20

  

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.11

)  

 

$

0.05

  

 

$

0.74

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Antidilutive employee stock-based awards, excluded

  

 

5,045

  

 

 

4,998

  

 

 

  

 

The basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding for 2013 reflected the 27.4 million shares of common stock repurchased and retired on October 30, 2013 pursuant to the Tender Offer program and the initial delivery of 8.0 million shares of common stock repurchased and retired on December 5, 2013 pursuant to the ASR agreements. See Note 13 for further information.  

 

Diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money employee equity share options, unvested performance shares, restricted stock units, and stock purchase rights under ESPP. The dilutive effect of such equity awards is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share when their effect is antidilutive.

 

17. Business Segment Information:

The Company conducts its business globally and is managed geographically in three segments: (1) Americas, which consist of North America and CALA reporting units, (2) EMEA and (3) APAC. The segments are determined in accordance with how management views and evaluates the Company’s business and allocates its resources, and based on the criteria as outlined in the authoritative guidance. Effective January 1, 2013, the Company began to allocate certain service costs previously reported within the Americas segment into both the EMEA and APAC segments in order to more appropriately align costs among the segments with the associated revenues. As such, all prior periods reported were also reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Segment Revenue and Profit

Segment revenues are attributed to a theater based on the ordering location of the customer. A significant portion of each segment’s expenses arise from shared services and infrastructure that Polycom has historically allocated to the segments in order to realize economies of scale and to use resources efficiently. These expenses include information technology services, facilities and other infrastructure costs.

F-41


Segment Data

The results of the reportable segments are derived directly from Polycom’s management reporting system. The results are based on Polycom’s method of internal reporting and are not reported in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Management measures the performance of each segment based on several metrics, including contribution margin as defined below. For internal reporting purposes and determination of segment contribution margins, geographic segment revenues may differ slightly from actual geographic revenues due to internal revenue allocations between the Company’s segments. Asset data, with the exception of gross accounts receivable, is not reviewed by management at the segment level.

Financial information for each reportable geographical segment as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, based on the Company’s internal management system and as utilized by the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), its Chief Executive Officer, is as follows (in thousands) :

 

 

  

Americas

 

 

EMEA

 

 

APAC

 

 

Total

 

2013:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue*

  

$

694,522

  

 

$

338,035

  

 

$

335,832

  

 

$

1,368,389

  

% of total revenue

  

 

50

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

100

Contribution margin

  

 

270,786

  

 

 

142,686

  

 

 

136,462

  

 

 

549,934

  

% of segment revenue

  

 

39

 

 

42

 

 

41

 

 

40

2012:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue*

  

$

689,099

  

 

$

345,723

  

 

$

357,806

  

 

$

1,392,628

  

% of total revenue

  

 

49

 

 

25

 

 

26

 

 

100

Contribution margin

  

 

281,229

  

 

 

138,886

  

 

 

147,699

  

 

 

567,814

  

% of segment revenue

  

 

41

 

 

40

 

 

41

 

 

41

2011:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue*

  

$

693,288

  

 

$

347,703

  

 

$

361,198

  

 

$

1,402,189

  

% of total revenue

  

 

49

 

 

25

 

 

26

 

 

100

Contribution margin

  

 

280,259

  

 

 

141,421

  

 

 

175,242

  

 

 

596,922

  

% of segment revenue

  

 

40

 

 

41

 

 

49

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 At December 31, 2013:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross accounts receivable

  

 

86,243

  

 

 

71,970

  

 

 

66,921

  

 

 

225,134

  

% of total gross accounts receivable

  

 

38

 

 

32

 

 

30

 

 

100

At December 31, 2012:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross accounts receivable

  

 

100,494

  

 

 

67,529

  

 

 

71,128

  

 

 

239,151

  

% of total gross accounts receivable

  

 

42

 

 

28

 

 

30

 

 

100

At December 31, 2011:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross accounts receivable

  

 

96,318

  

 

 

77,975

  

 

 

71,659

  

 

 

245,952

  

% of total gross accounts receivable

  

 

39

 

 

32

 

 

29

 

 

100

 

*The United States and China, individually, accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in 2013, 2012 and 2011. Net revenues in the United States were $589.6 million, $583.0 million, and $593.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Net revenues in China were $147.3 million, $159.3 million, and $161.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2013, 2012, and 2011, one customer from the Americas segment, ScanSource Communications, accounted for 16%, 14%, and 14%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues. At December 31, 2013, ScanSource accounted for 11% of total gross accounts receivable and no single customer accounted for more than 10% of gross accounts receivable at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Segment contribution margin includes all geographic segment revenues less the related cost of sales, direct sales and marketing expenses. Management allocates some infrastructure costs such as facilities and IT costs in determining segment contribution margin. Contribution margin is used, in part, to evaluate the performance of, and allocate resources to, each of the segments. Certain operating expenses are not allocated to segments because they are separately managed at the corporate level. These unallocated costs include corporate manufacturing costs, sales and marketing costs other than direct sales and marketing expenses, research and development expense, general and administrative costs, such as legal and accounting, stock-based compensation costs, transaction-related costs, amortization of purchased intangible assets, purchased in-process research and development costs, litigation reserves and payments, restructuring costs and interest and other income (expense), net.

F-42


The following tables set forth the reconciliation of segment information to Polycom consolidated totals (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Segment contribution margin

  

$

549,934

  

 

$

567,814

  

 

$

596,922

  

Corporate and unallocated costs

  

 

(430,471

 

 

(418,465

 

 

(369,412

Stock-based compensation

  

 

(64,465

 

 

(88,761

 

 

(63,853

Effect of stock-based compensation cost on warranty expense

  

 

(547

 

 

(669

 

 

(546

Transaction-related costs

  

 

(3,424

 

 

(14,064

 

 

(9,688

Amortization of purchased intangibles

  

 

(19,750

 

 

(17,465

 

 

(11,201

Restructuring costs

  

 

(48,470

 

 

(22,024

 

 

(9,396

Interest and other income (expense), net

  

 

(5,011

 

 

(3,868

 

 

(1,672

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

  

$

(22,204

)  

 

$

2,498

  

 

$

131,154

  

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Gross accounts receivables

  

$

225,134

  

 

$

239,151

  

 

$

245,952

  

Returns and related reserves

  

 

(38,938

 

 

(41,576

 

 

(33,416

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  

 

(2,827

 

 

(2,921

 

 

(1,732

Total trade receivables, net

  

$

183,369

  

 

$

194,654

  

 

$

210,804

  

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenues by groups of similar products and services as follows (in thousands):

 

 

  

Year ended December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

  

2011

 

Net Revenues:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

UC group systems

  

$

904,923

  

  

$

956,153

  

  

$

971,753

  

UC personal devices

  

 

219,103

  

  

 

180,939

  

  

 

175,673

  

UC platform

  

 

244,363

  

  

 

255,536

  

  

 

254,763

  

Total

  

$

1,368,389

  

  

$

1,392,628

  

  

$

1,402,189

  

The Company’s fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation, are located in the following geographical areas (in thousands):

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

United States

  

$

79,345

  

  

$

89,830

  

EMEA

  

 

13,036

  

  

 

15,148

  

APAC

  

 

21,403

  

  

 

26,408

  

Other

  

 

1,373

  

  

 

1,933

  

Total

  

$

115,157

  

  

$

133,319

  

No single country outside of the United States has more than 10% of total net fixed assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

 

F-43


POLYCOM, INC.

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

 

  

Fourth
Quarter

 

 

Third
Quarter

 

 

Second
Quarter

 

  

First
Quarter

 

  

Fourth
Quarter

 

 

Third
Quarter

 

 

Second
Quarter

 

  

First
Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

  

$

347,942

  

 

$

336,461

  

 

$

345,234

  

  

$

338,752

  

  

$

353,026

  

 

$

335,392

  

 

$

358,500

  

  

$

345,710

  

Gross profit

  

$

197,032

  

 

$

195,044

  

 

$

201,598

  

  

$

199,097

  

  

$

206,816

  

 

$

196,358

  

 

$

213,922

  

  

$

206,336

  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  

$

(1,969

 

$

(23,978

 

$

5,295

  

  

$

2,117

  

  

$

(35,689

 

$

(15,406

 

$

1,962

  

  

$

12,164

  

Net income from operations of discontinued operations

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

  

$

2,178

  

 

$

645

  

 

$

4,313

  

  

$

2,752

  

Net gain from sale of discontinued operations

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

459

  

  

$

35,425

  

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

Net income (loss)

  

$

(1,969

)  

 

$

(23,978

 

$

5,295

  

  

$

2,576

  

  

$

1,914

  

 

$

(14,761

 

$

6,275

  

  

$

14,917

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.01

 

$

(0.14

 

$

0.03

  

  

$

0.01

  

  

$

(0.20

 

$

(0.09

 

$

0.01

  

  

$

0.07

  

Net income per share from operations of discontinued operations

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

  

$

0.01

  

 

$

0.00

  

 

$

0.02

  

  

$

0.02

  

Net gain per share from operations of discontinued operations

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

  

$

0.20

  

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

  

$

(0.01

)  

 

$

(0.14

 

$

0.03

  

  

$

0.01

  

  

$

0.01

  

 

$

(0.08

 

$

0.04

  

  

$

0.08

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  

$

(0.01

 

$

(0.14

 

$

0.03

  

  

$

0.01

  

  

$

(0.20

 

$

(0.09

 

$

0.01

  

  

$

0.07

  

Net income per share from operations of discontinued operations

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

  

$

0.01

  

 

$

0.00

  

 

$

0.02

  

  

$

0.02

  

Net gain per share from operations of discontinued operations

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

  

$

0.20

  

 

$

 

 

$

 

  

$

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

  

$

(0.01

)  

 

$

(0.14

 

$

0.03

  

  

$

0.01

  

  

$

0.01

  

 

$

(0.08

 

$

0.04

  

  

$

0.08

  

 

 

 

 

S-1


FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE—SCHEDULE II

POLYCOM, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

 

 

  

Balance at
Beginning
of Year

 

  

Additions

 

  

Deductions

 

 

Balance at
End of
Year

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  

$

2,921

  

  

$

 

  

$

(94

)

 

$

2,827

  

Sales returns and allowances

  

$

37,422

  

  

$

93,101

  

  

$

(95,869

 

$

34,654

  

Income tax valuation allowance

  

$

3,161

  

  

$

460

 

  

$

(262

 

$

3,359

  

Year ended December 31, 2012

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  

$

1,732

  

  

$

1,189

  

  

$

 

 

$

2,921

  

Sales returns and allowances

  

$

30,602

  

  

$

91,356

  

  

$

(84,536

 

$

37,422

  

Income tax valuation allowance

  

$

3,301

  

  

$

 

  

$

(140

 

$

3,161

  

Year ended December 31, 2011

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  

$

1,844

  

  

$

 

  

$

(112

 

$

1,732

  

Sales returns and allowances

  

$

24,855

  

  

$

71,534

  

  

$

(65,787

 

$

30,602

  

Income tax valuation allowance

  

$

 

  

$

3,301

  

  

$

 

 

$

3,301

  

 

 

 

 

S-2


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

 

    2.1

  

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement, by and between Registrant and Mobile Devices Holdings, LLC, dated May 10, 2012 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 1, 2012).

 

    2.2

  

 

Amendment No. 1 to Purchase and Sale Agreement, by and between Registrant and Mobile Devices Holdings, LLC, dated October 22, 2012 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2012).

 

    3.1

  

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Polycom, Inc. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 2, 2011).

 

    3.2

  

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Polycom, Inc., as amended effective December 2, 2013 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 3, 2013).

 

    4.1

  

Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.

 

    4.2

  

 

Specimen Common Stock certificate (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-02296) filed with the Commission on March 12, 1996).

 

  10.1

  

 

Settlement Agreement, by and between Registrant and Mobile Devices Holdings, LLC, dated October 22, 2012 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2012).

 

  10.2*

  

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 11, 2008).

 

  10.3*

  

 

Polycom, Inc. 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on June 2, 2011).

 

  10.4

  

 

Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Legacy III SJ America Center I, LLC, dated August 4, 2011, regarding the space located at 6001 America Center Drive, San Jose, California (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 1, 2011).

 

  10.5*

  

 

Summary of Arrangement between the Registrant and its Senior Executive Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 3, 2003).

 

  10.6*

  

 

Polycom, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (May 27, 2010 Restatement) (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 2, 2010).

 

  10.7*

  

 

Form of Non-officer Employee Stock Option Agreement (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 29, 2004).

 

  10.8*

  

 

Form of Officer Stock Option Agreement (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 29, 2004).

 

  10.9*

  

 

Performance Bonus Plan, as amended (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 25, 2012).

 

  10.10*

  

 

Polycom, Inc. Management Bonus Plan, as amended (which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 29, 2008).

 

  10.11*

  

 

Offer Letter with Andrew Miller, dated June 5, 2009 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on July 31, 2009).

 

  10.12*

  

 

Form of Amended Change of Control Severance Agreement (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 22, 2008).

 


Exhibit No.

  

Description

 

  10.13*

  

 

Form of Performance Share Agreement for Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 28, 2011).

 

  10.14*

  

 

Form of Performance Share Agreement for Non-Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 28, 2011).

 

  10.15*

  

 

Polycom, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 7, 2013).

 

  10.16*

  

 

Form of Performance Share Agreement for Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2011).

 

  10.17*

  

 

Form of Performance Share Agreement for Non-Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2011).

 

  10.18*

  

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2011).

 

  10.19*

  

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2011).

 

  10.20*

  

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2011).

 

  10.21*

  

 

Offer Letter with Tracey Newell, dated June 27, 2011 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 31, 2011).

 

  10.22*

  

 

Offer Letter with Eric F. Brown, dated January 19, 2012 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 1, 2012).

 

  10.23*

  

 

ViVu, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-177763) filed with the Commission on November 4, 2011).

 

  10.24*

  

 

Form of Performance Share Agreement for Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2012).

 

  10.25*

  

 

Form of Performance Share Agreement for Non-Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2012).

 

  10.26*

  

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2012).

 

  10.27*

  

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2012).

 

  10.28*

  

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2012).

 

  10.29*

  

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 1, 2012).

 

  10.30*

 

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 30, 2013).

 

  10.31*

 

 

Separation Agreement and Release with Sudhakar Ramakrishna, dated March 11, 2013 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2013).

 

  10.32*

 

 

Separation Agreement and Release with Andrew Miller, dated July 22, 2013 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 23, 2013).

 

  10.33*

 

 

Offer Letter with Kevin Parker, dated July 22, 2013 (is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 6, 2013).

 


Exhibit No.

  

Description

 

  10.34

 

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2013, by and among the Registrant, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 13, 2013).

 

  10.35*

  

 

Offer Letter with Peter A. Leav, dated November 20, 2013 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 3, 2013).

 

  10.36(1)*

  

 

Change of Control Severance Agreement with Peter A. Leav, effective as of December 2, 2013.

 

  10.37(1)

 

 

Issuer Forward Repurchase Transaction Agreement between Barclays Bank PLC, acting through its agent Barclays Capital Inc., and the Registrant, dated December 4, 2013.

 

  10.38(1)

 

 

Issuer Forward Repurchase Transaction Agreement between J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as agent for JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch, and the Registrant, dated December 4, 2013.

 

  10.39(1)*

  

 

Letter dated January 21, 2014, regarding additional relocation benefits for Peter A. Leav.

 

  10.40(1)*

  

 

Polycom, Inc. Executive Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description, as amended and restated effective December 2, 2013.

 

  21.1(1)

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

  23.1(1)

  

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

  24.1(1)

  

Power of Attorney (included on pages 74 and 75 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

 

  31.1(1)

  

 

Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(a).

 

  31.2(1)

  

 

Certification of the Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(a).

 

  32.1(1)

  

 

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS

  

XBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase Document

 

101.CAL

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

*

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1)

Filed herewith.